Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Packaging & Containers / CCL Industries Inc

CCL Industries Inc

ccl.b:ca · TSX Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker ccl.b:ca
Exchange TSX
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Packaging & Containers
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · CCL Industries Inc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2020
ANNUAL
 R E P O R T

CCL Industries Inc.

CCL 

Avery

Innovia 

Checkpoint 

Avery is the world’s largest supplier 
of labels, specialty converted 
media and software solutions 
for short-run digital printing 
applications for businesses and 
consumers available alongside 
complementary products sold 
through distributors, mass-market 
stores and e-commerce retailers.

Innovia is a leading global 
producer of specialty, high-
performance, multi-layer, 
surface engineered films for 
label, packaging and security 
applications.

Checkpoint is a leading developer 
of RF and RFID-based technology 
systems for loss prevention 
and inventory management 
applications, including labeling 
and tagging solutions, for the retail 
and apparel industries worldwide.

CCL is the world’s largest 
converter of pressure sensitive  
and specialty extruded film 
materials for a wide range of  
decorative, instructional, functional  
and security applications for 
government institutions and large  
global customers in the consumer 
packaging, healthcare & chemicals,  
consumer electronic device and 
automotive markets. Extruded & 
laminated plastic tubes, aluminum 
aerosols & specialty bottles, 
folded instructional leaflets, 
precision decorated & die cut 
components, electronic displays, 
polymer banknote substrate and 
other complementary products 
and services are sold in parallel to 
specific end-use markets.

25,100
Employees

204
Production Facilities

43
Countries

6
Continents

NORTH AMERICA REPRESENTS 

EUROPE REPRESENTS

EMERGING MARKETS REPRESENTS

41% of total sales

32% of total sales

27% of total sales

CAUTION ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION  This  annual  report  contains  forward-looking  information  and  forward-looking  statements,  as  defined  under  applicable  securities  laws, 
(hereinafter collectively referred to as “forward-looking statements”) that involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are predictive in nature or 
depend on future events or conditions. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by, but not limited to, the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans” or similar 
expressions. Statements regarding the operations, business, financial condition, priorities, ongoing objectives, strategies and outlook of the Company, other than statements of historical fact, are 
forward-looking statements. Specifically, this annual report contains forward-looking statements regarding the anticipated growth in sales, income and profitability of the Company’s segments; the 
Company’s improvement in market share; the Company’s capital spending levels and planned capital expenditures in 2022; the adequacy of the Company’s financial liquidity; the Company’s targeted 
return on equity, improved return on total capital, adjusted earnings per share, Adjusted EBITDA growth rates and dividend payout; the Company’s effective tax rate; the Company’s ongoing business 
strategy; the Company’s ability to maintain a Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio below 3.5 times; the Company’s expectations regarding general business and economic conditions; the Company’s 
Corporate Social Responsibility initiative to enhance the integration of social and environmental concerns into its business operations and strategy; the Company’s expectation to successfully divert 
waste from landfill reducing costs and having a positive sustainability impact for its customers; the Company’s announced new capacity addition in its proprietary “Ecofloat” film line commencing 
commercial production by the end of the second quarter in 2022; the continuing impact the CV19 pandemic will have on the global economy and the global supply chain; the Company’s success in 
passing on foreign exchange movements and input cost changes, including inflationary costs to its customer base; the Company’s success in quickly initiating actions to reduce variable costs if the 
economic environment weakens; the pursuit of new product initiatives by CCL Label and CCL Design, with capacity expansion plans in new and existing markets; CCL Secure’s success in developing 
market-leading security technology to pursue widespread long-term adoption of polymer banknotes; the Company’s expectation that results  for “WePrint™” and Kids’ label businesses will remain 
solid; the Company’s expectation that Avery’s PMG and OPG product groups in North America will improve as bricks-and-mortar retail strengthens and onsite office-employee density increases; the 
Company’s expectation that Avery’s Direct-to-Consumer event and name badging operations will continue to improve globally as large-scale business meetings and trade conventions trend back to 
pre-pandemic levels; the Company’s expectation that the Checkpoint operation will benefit from cost-saving initiatives and a move to omni-channel shopping by consumers; the Company’s expectation 
that Innovia will offset resin, energy and freight cost increases with productivity initiatives and price increases to its customer base; and the Company’s expectation that if demand remains solid and 
recent acquisitions meet expectations, results for 2022 should strengthen over 2021.

Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. They involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties relating to future events and conditions, including, but not limited to, 
the impact of competition; consumer confidence and spending preferences; general economic and geopolitical conditions; currency exchange rates; interest rates and credit availability; technological 
change; changes in government regulations; risks associated with operating and product hazards; and the Company’s ability to attract and retain qualified employees. Do not unduly rely on forward-
looking statements as the Company’s actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are also based on a number of 
assumptions, which may prove to be incorrect, including, but not limited to, assumptions about the following: higher consumer spending; increased customer demand for the Company’s products; 
continued historical growth trends, market growth in specific segments and entering into new segments; the Company’s ability to provide a wide range of products to multinational customers on a 
global basis; the benefits of the Company’s focused strategies and operational approach; the Company’s ability to implement its acquisition strategy and successfully integrate acquired businesses; the 
achievement of the Company’s plans for improved efficiency and lower costs, including the ability to pass on polypropylene resin, aluminum and other inflationary cost increases to its customers; the 
availability of cash and credit; fluctuations of currency exchange rates; the Company’s continued relations with its customers; and general business and economic conditions. Should one or more risks 
materialize or should any assumptions prove incorrect, then actual results could vary materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. Further details on key risks can be 
found throughout this report and particularly in Section 4: “Risks and Uncertainties.”

Except as otherwise indicated, forward-looking statements do not take into account the effect that transactions or non-recurring or other special items announced or occurring after the statements 
are made may have on the business. Such statements do not, unless otherwise specified by the Company, reflect the impact of dispositions, sales of assets, monetizations, mergers, acquisitions, other 
business combinations or transactions, asset write-downs or other charges announced or occurring after forward-looking statements are made. The financial impact of these transactions and non-
recurring and other special items can be complex and depends on the facts particular to each of them; therefore, the financial impact cannot be described in a meaningful way in advance of knowing 
the specific facts.

The forward-looking statements are provided as of the date of this annual report and the Company does not assume any obligation to update or revise the forward-looking statements to reflect new 
events or circumstances, except as required by law.

Unless the context otherwise indicates, a reference to “the Company” means CCL Industries Inc. and its subsidiary companies and equity-accounted investments. 

Donald G. Lang
Executive Chairman

Geoffrey T. Martin
President and  
Chief Executive Officer

2 0 2 1   L E T T E R   T O   S H A R E H O L D E R S

2021 CONCLUDED A SECOND YEAR OF PANDEMIC TIMES. CCL’S 
ADJUSTED NET EARNINGS* INCREASED BY 10% DURING EACH OF THE 
PAST TWO YEARS REACHING OVER $600 MILLION FOR 2021. 

SO, DID WE HAVE BUSINESSES THAT GAINED DURING THESE ONCE 
IN A GENERATION CONDITIONS? MOST DEFINITELY… PARTS OF OUR 
CCL SEGMENT AND INNOVIA BENEFITED FROM HIGHER DEMAND 
IN CONSUMER PACKAGED GOODS, LAWN & GARDEN CHEMICALS, 
OTC MEDICINES & SANITIZERS, IT PERIPHERALS AND BANKNOTES 
RESULTING FROM STAY-AT-HOME ORDERS AND GOVERNMENT SUPPORT 
PROGRAMS FOR CITIZENS.

Did we also suffer? Yes we certainly did…Avery, 
Checkpoint, on premise demand in Food & Beverage, 
travel related products in Home & Personal Care and the 
automotive industry were all hit by severe restrictions on 
workplaces, restaurants, entertainment and retailing in 
all its forms. If the book ends of this new economy were 
airlines and the world’s largest tech businesses we sat 
somewhere in between. Did we recover much faster than 
expected? Absolutely! 

What are the two key economic legacies from the crisis? 
A much higher pile of government debt and the return 
of inflation levels that we last saw in the 1970s…more on 
that later. Overall, we cannot complain, as our Company 
advanced on all fronts in 2021 with sales up 13.8% to 

$5.7 billion, excluding foreign currency translation. The 
Canadian dollar, among the strongest currencies in the 
world in 2021, was a persistent headwind. Adjusted net 
earnings* increased more than $55 million to $606 million, 
up 10.1%, but 15.7% excluding foreign currency translation, 
while adjusted basic earnings per Class B share* improved 
from $3.08 in 2020 to $3.37 in 2021; foreign currency 
translation reduced results by $0.15 in 2021. Restructuring 
charges and transaction expenses for nine acquisitions 
were a modest $4.4 million. Higher capital spending in 
a recovering world and inflationary impacts in working 
capital held free cash flow* to $532 million, 88% of 
adjusted net earnings.

1

2021    ANNUAL REPORT2 0 2 1   L E T T E R   T O   S H A R E H O L D E R S

CCL SEGMENT

2021 sales increased 6.9% organically to $3.5 billion, 
after modest 1.1% increases in both 2020 and 2019. 
Geographically, we delivered high single digit growth 
in North America, double-digit gains in Latin America 
(moderated by currency devaluations) and Asia Pacific 
plus low single digit progress in Europe. Operating 
income* improved modestly to $546 million but reduced 
by foreign currency translation; while adjusted EBITDA* 
margin reversed much of 2020’s gains falling 130 basis 
points to 22.1%. Less favourable mix, inflation and the 
absence of government support dollars enjoyed in 2020 
were the main reasons for the decline.

Home & Personal Care sales increased on better markets 
in cosmetic skin care and products associated with travel 
or sold at specialty retail, including hair salons; but more 
than offset in labels for North America and Europe by the 
very sudden end to the sanitizer and cleansing boom, 
once the scientific community confirmed Covid is almost 
entirely an air borne infection. Sales gains in 2021 largely 
came from labels in Latin America (much of it inflation 
recovery) and real volume progress for tubes and aerosols 
in North America, which drove most of the profit gain 
for the year. Profitability also increased in Europe on 
productivity gains. Asia sales increased in China but fell in 
ASEAN countries; profits dropped significantly throughout 
the region on inflation, share loss and less than optimal 
commercial discipline. We had another record year at 
our label joint venture in the Middle East. Our aluminum 
slug business, fully acquired in 2019, remains loss making 
but improved on 2020’s poor result. We expect to make a 
positive EBITDA contribution in 2022. We made one small 
label acquisition in Singapore that contributed positively 
to EBITDA.

Healthcare & Specialty posted modestly improved 
results versus their strong pandemic fueled 2020. 
Results included a first full year of the Graphics West 
acquisition, where performance moderately missed pro-
forma expectations but complimented existing organic 
investments in the short run, digital, pharmaceutical 
carton space. Ag Chem results were strong in the United 
States but decidedly mixed in Europe on share loss. 
Healthcare was decent on a global basis and although 
still problematic in Scandinavia and Germany, notably 
improved its performance in other European geographies. 
Supply availability, labor shortages plus paper, freight, 
resin and chemical inflation sequentially increased as the 
year unfolded and particularly restrained results in the 
second half of 2021.

2

Food & Beverage more than recovered 2020’s on-premise 
and travel-related declines with near double digit sales 
gains in 2021. Sleeves continued its recent growth 
trajectory, especially strong again in the United States 
and Latin America with Turkey’s results aided by currency 
devaluation on euro denominated transactions. Sales 
relating to household disinfectants and cleaning fluids, 
where we use assets in this space to support Homecare 
customers, declined as pandemic driven use waned, 
together with share loss in the United States. Sales of 
closure labels at fast food chains and for other consumer 
packages improved. New pressure sensitive label plants in 
Brazil and South Africa made strong, profitable progress in 
the beer sector creating short-term working capital outflows 
to finance long supply chains and receivable terms. Wine & 
Spirits operations had a record year in all respects; driving 
most of the profit increase for the year overall. Our joint 
venture in Russia posted another record year on strong 
organic sales growth in local currency from share gains. 
Sector profitability overall improved, but as everywhere, 
impacted by accelerating inflation as the year unfolded.

CCL Design sales to electronics customers, after 
increasing in the low teens organically in 2020 did so 
again in 2021, as high demand for cell phones, computers, 
servers and IT peripherals continued. Growth in the 
second half of the year curtailed as chip shortages 
impeded customers’ output. Profitability was held by 
less favorable mix, new business win start-up costs and 
the absence of government financial support in China 
that benefitted 2020. ASEAN markets were moderately 
impacted by Covid lock downs including Malaysia at 
the Super Enterprises acquisition. Automotive had a 
comparatively good first half of 2021 versus the weak 
period in 2020, reversing in the second half as chip 
shortages severely constrained OEM output, compared 
to the recovery quarters last year. The combination still 
resulted in a gain but demand remains below 2019 levels. 
Sales to alkaline battery producers were stable. Olympic 
Tapes posted its first profit as we gained customer 
qualification approvals. Overall, profitability at CCL Design 
improved on the partial automotive recovery. At the end of 
the year and into the first few days of 2022, we closed two 
important acquisitions with operations in Mexico, the U.K. 
and China, which should add approximately $90 million to 
the revenue base in 2022.

CCL Secure results were behind the record 2020 
performance fueled by high currency demand in 
the developed world with high margin mix and new 
denomination polymer conversions in emerging countries. 
Nonetheless, 2021 was still the second best year for this 
business under CCL ownership. Sales of stamps in the United 
States were stable and we won an important new contract 
for passport components that commenced this year.

2021    ANNUAL REPORTAVERY 

INNOVIA

This part of CCL was the most negatively affected by 
the pandemic, so not surprisingly, it bounced back the 
strongest, modestly surpassing 2019 levels, excluding 
foreign currency translation, with 14.7% organic sales 
growth over 2020. Name badge categories suffered 
the most last year; while sports & entertainment related 
demand improved, conferences & meetings for business 
levels remain well below 2019. Kids’ labels, We Print 
and printable media products all returned to normal, 
growing in all geographies. The In Touch acquisition had 
an outstanding first full year. Back-to-school demand for 
organization products improved over the 2020 chaos 
surrounding attended education in North America; 
but workplace demand remains depressed for these 
categories. Significantly higher sea freight costs and 
component supply availability from China curtailed sales 
and hurt profits. Operating income* increased by over $35 
million to $149 million on sales of $709 million, a return on 
sales* of 21%, up 310 basis points, broadly in line with 2019. 
Three direct-to-consumer acquisitions closed in the second 
half of 2021 will add approximately $70 million to the sales 
base for 2022. Avery continues to deliver the highest return 
on total capital* of any Segment in the Company.

CHECKPOINT 

The closure of non-essential retailing and the entire 
apparel supply chain in many geographies deeply affected 
Checkpoint in the first half of 2020 but growth returned 
in the second half of that year and continued throughout 
2021, even escalating in the last two quarters. Apparel 
Labeling Solutions hit record levels of profitability for 
the year, on close to 30% organic growth driven by 
exceptional gains in RFID, augmented by the Uniter and 
Eti-Textil acquisitions. Merchandise Availability Solutions 
also returned to strong growth, as many retailers enjoyed 
record consumer spending increases with dollars moving 
from the service sector to tangible consumption, fueled 
by government financial support to citizens. Growth 
was especially strong in North America but all regions 
contributed. Rampant intermodal freight inflation from our 
Chinese supply plants to in market regional distribution 
hubs hurt profitability, as did rising costs and availability 
of electronic components. The smaller Meto business 
had a stable year. Segment operating income* for 2021 
increased by over $35 million to a record $115 million on 
sales of $773 million, a return on sales of 15%, up 240 basis 
points. Very late in the year we acquired an apparel label 
business in Brazil, which along with a full year of Uniter, 
should add approximately $35 million to the revenue base 
in 2022.

Pandemic tailwinds for consumer staples, and therefore 
label and packaging films, gradually subsided as 2021 
unfolded. Film tonnage modestly increased organically, 
all the growth in the Americas with Europe and Asia 
slightly down. Productivity initiatives in the supply plants 
continued to pay off as did far better management of the 
raw materials supply chain. Resin costs increased with 
rarely seen velocity in the United States and at a more 
moderate pace in Europe, but we successfully passed 
through pricing that accounted for the vast majority of 
our 24% organic sales growth. More problematic were 
significant increases in freight and energy costs, which 
accelerated throughout 2021 impacting profitability in the 
second half of the year. Price increases to recover these 
costs are lagging, notably in Europe. Sales reached $753 
million, with a 17.3% adjusted EBITDA* margin, compared 
to 20.7% in 2020, 15.2% in 2019 and 12.1% in 2018. Free 
cash flow from operations* was strong, but below 2020 
levels benefitting from significant working capital inflows 
in the Americas. Our $35 million investment in Poland 
to build the new Ecofloat line is nearing completion. 
Commercializing this spring, Ecofloat is a hybrid film 
allowing easier separation of shrink sleeves from PET 
containers in recycling centres, aiding customers’ bottle-
to-bottle sustainability initiatives. The vast majority of the 
output will be used internally at CCL Label.

DELIVERING TO SHAREHOLDERS 

Following our February 2022 Board meeting, we 
announced a 14.3% increase in the dividend. The 
annualized payout now stands at $0.96 per Class B share 
and $0.95 per Class A share, doubling over the last five 
years. The Company has paid dividends without omission 
or reduction for more than three decades. Despite 
spending $234 million on acquisitions and $307 million 
on net capital expenditures, the Company’s net debt to 
adjusted EBITDA ratio ended 2021 comfortably inside 
investment-grade territory at 1.06 times, down 0.18 turns. 
In May 2021, the Board approved a Normal Course Issuer 
Bid giving management authority to buy back up to 4.8% 
of the Company’s Class B shares. Heightened acquisition 
activity in the second half of 2021, strategically the best 
use of our capital, precluded share repurchases so far. We 
plan to invest $380 million in 2022 in capital equipment 
and new plant expenditures, compared to an expected 
$325 million depreciation and amortization expense, 
excluding right-of-use asset amortization. With 98% of 
sales outside Canada, CCL continues to provide domestic 
shareholders considerable geographic risk diversification.

3

2021    ANNUAL REPORTCELAB (Circular Economy for Labels) over the past two 
years, collaborating with others in the industry to promote 
label matrix and release liner recycling worldwide. 

2022 OUTLOOK 

Our number one priority in the year ahead is to manage 
our way through this post pandemic inflationary cycle 
coupled with so many supply availability issues. If it indeed 
proves to be transitory; all we can say is this seems to be 
a long transition! So, we expect these tough conditions 
to continue, especially in the first half of 2022. Pricing 
execution will therefore be key. Despite this short-term 
challenge, we remain optimistic about our future with 
many opportunities for growth.

We close by taking this opportunity to say a humble 
thank you to our truly amazing people for their stunning 
dedication throughout this crisis. All our operations were 
open for business in 2021 including Vietnam where CCL 
and Checkpoint employees lived and worked at our plants 
for many weeks as a return home would have kept them 
away from their jobs during a government lockdown. 
We will never forget that. To our customer and supplier 
partners, we know how challenging inflation and supply 
availability has been for many of you in 2021, and we are 
pleased to have navigated these troubled waters together. 
For sure we will need to continue to understand and 
support each other in 2022 as this once in a generation 
economic landscape evolves.

Donald G. Lang 
Executive 
Chairman 

Geoffrey T. Martin
President and  
Chief Executive Officer

*  Non-IFRS measures; see Section 5A of CCL’s Management’s Discussion and 

Analysis for more detail.

2 0 2 1   L E T T E R   T O   S H A R E H O L D E R S

DIVERSITY, LEADERSHIP AND GOVERNANCE

CCL is a global company with operations in 43 
countries. Our Company firmly believes in decentralized 
organizational principles, the most important of which is 
business leadership being local to the country where we 
operate, especially outside North America. This the best 
way to ensure our structures around the world reflect the 
ethnicity and society in the business communities we 
serve. Our business units value industry experience and 
track record above all other qualities, especially for senior 
leaders. We are highly predisposed to promote from within 
and regard recruiting outside a failure to develop people 
internally. That is not the case with our small professional 
corporate team that continues its technically excellent, 
agile, highly responsive mantra, costing approximately 1% 
of sales. 

In our 2021 employee census, 62.3% of employees are 
men, 37.7% women; a 270 basis points positive move 
towards a more equal female ratio. Last year, employees 
identifying themselves as “white” fell below 40% for the 
first time. We remain deeply committed to the principle 
that our people must reflect the cultural norms where 
our plants, distribution centres and offices are located….
globally. Gender and cultural diversity starts at the top. 
Four of eleven Directors on our Board are female and two 
of them would not identify themselves of white Anglo 
Saxon heritage. It’s a journey not yet at its end. Our Board 
continues to represent all shareholders through good 
governance practice, while providing seasoned wise 
counsel to management.

SUSTAINABILITY

The Company signed on to the Ten Principles of the 
United Nations Global Compact on human rights, labor, 
the environment and anti-corruption in December 2021, 
committing to integrate them into our strategy, culture 
and day-to-day operations. We will report progress on 
external initiatives and internal targets annually in our 
Sustainability Report, including our commitments to the 
United Nations Sustainable Development Goals and the 
New Plastics Economy Global Commitment. While many 
initiatives were undertaken in 2021, a few stand out. CCL 
Label won a prestigious German Packaging Award for 
EcoStretchTM, a closed-loop concept for stretch sleeves. 
Once sufficient volumes are developed, the plan is to 
invest in recycling technology in Austria, where, after 
de-inking and cleaning, the sleeves would be melted and 
shaped into pellets for return to our extruders to make 
new films in a circular process. Avery Italy partnered 
with Treedom to promote the process of reforestation 
of the planet by committing to plant trees on behalf of 
consumers who use our labels. Innovia engaged with 

4

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
F I N A N C I A L   H I G H L I G H T S
(In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share and ratio data)

Sales 

EBITDA 

% of sales 

Restructuring and other items - net loss 

Net Earnings 

% of sales 

Basic earnings per Class B share
Net earnings 
Diluted earnings 
Adjusted basic earnings per Class B share 
Dividends 

As at December 31 

Total assets 
Net debt * 
Total equity 
Net debt to EBITDA* 
Return on equity (before other expenses)*   
Number of employees 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

2021 

5,732.8    

1,173.1    

20.5% 

4.4 

599.1    

10.5% 

3.33  
3.31  
3.37  
0.84  

7,627.8    
1,249.2  
3,747.0 
1.06 
 17.2% 

 25,100 

2020

5,242.3    

1,123.2    

21.4%

27.6 

529.7    

10.1% 

2.96 
2.94  
3.08  
0.72  

7,336.7    
1,390.9 
3,282.2 
1.24 
  17.8%
22,200 

* A non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A. 

9.4%

4.4% 

13.1%

12.5%
12.6% 
9.4%
16.7%

4.0%
-10.2% 
4.2% 

13.1%

5

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the financial condition and results of operations (“MD&A”) of CCL Industries 
Inc. (“the Company”) relates to the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. In preparing this MD&A, the Company has 
taken into account information available until February 24, 2022, unless otherwise noted. This MD&A should be read in 
conjunction with the Company’s December 31, 2021, annual consolidated financial statements, which form part of the CCL 
Industries Inc. 2021 Annual Report dated February 24, 2022. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared 
in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), and, unless otherwise noted, both the financial 
statements  and  this  MD&A  are  expressed  in  Canadian  dollars  as  the  presentation  currency.  The  major  measurement 
currencies  of  the  Company’s  operations  are  the  Canadian  dollar,  U.S.  dollar,  euro,  Argentine  peso,  Australian  dollar, 
Bangladeshi taka, Brazilian real, Chilean peso, Chinese renminbi, Danish krone, Hong Kong dollar, Hungarian forint, Indian 
rupee, Israeli shekel, Japanese yen, Malaysian ringgit, Mexican peso, Moroccan dirham, New Zealand dollar, Philippine peso, 
Polish zloty, Russian ruble, Singaporean dollar, South African rand, South Korean won, Swiss franc, Thai baht, Turkish lira, 
U.K. pound sterling and Vietnamese dong. All per Class B non-voting share (“Class B share”) amounts in this document are 
expressed on an undiluted basis, unless otherwise indicated. The Company’s Audit Committee and its Board of Directors 
(the “Board”) have reviewed this MD&A to ensure consistency with the approved strategy and results of the business.

I N D E X

 1.  Corporate Overview

8 
8  A)  The Company
8  B)  Coronavirus (“CV19”) Pandemic
8  C)  Customers and Markets
9  D)  Strategy and Financial Targets
11  E)  Recent Acquisitions and Dispositions
13  F)  Subsequent Events
13  G)  Consolidated Annual Financial Results
15  H)   Seasonality and Fourth Quarter Financial Results

18  2.  Business Segment Review
18  A)  General
20  B)  CCL Segment
22  C)  Avery
23  D)  Checkpoint 
24  E)  Innovia
25  F)  Joint Ventures

26  3.  Financing and Risk Management
26  A)  Liquidity and Capital Resources
27  B)  Cash Flow 
28  C)   Interest Rate, Foreign Exchange Management  

and Other Hedges

28  D)  Equity and Dividends
29  E)  Commitments and Other Contractual Obligations
30  F)  Controls and Procedures 

31  4.  Risks and Uncertainties

40  5.  Accounting Policies and Non-IFRS Measures
40  A)  Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures
44  B)  Accounting Policies and New Standards
44  C)  Critical Accounting Estimates
45  D)  Related Party Transactions

46  6.  Outlook 

6

F O R WA R D - LO O K I N G   I N F O R M AT I O N

This MD&A contains forward-looking information 
and  forward-looking  statements,  as  defined 
under  applicable  securities  laws,  (hereinafter 
collectively  referred  to  as  “forward-looking 
statements”)  that  involve  a  number  of  risks 
and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements 
include  all  statements  that  are  predictive  in 
nature or depend on future events or conditions. 
Forward-looking  statements  are  typically 
identified  by,  but  not  limited  to,  the  words 
“believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” 
“intends,”  “plans”  or  similar  expressions. 
Statements regarding the operations, business, 
financial condition, priorities, ongoing objectives, 
strategies  and  outlook  of  the  Company,  other 
than statements of historical fact, are forward-
looking  statements.  Specifically,  this  MD&A 
contains forward-looking statements regarding 
the  anticipated  growth  in  sales,  income  and 
profitability  of  the  Company’s  segments;  the 
Company’s  improvement  in  market  share;  the 
Company’s capital spending levels and planned 
capital  expenditures  in  2022;  the  adequacy  of 
the Company’s financial liquidity; the Company’s 
targeted return on equity, improved return on total 
capital,  adjusted  earnings  per  share,  Adjusted 
EBITDA  growth  rates  and  dividend  payout;  the 
Company’s  effective  tax  rate;  the  Company’s 
ongoing  business  strategy;  the  Company’s 
ability  to  maintain  a  Net  Debt  to  Adjusted 
EBITDA  ratio  below  3.5  times;  the  Company’s 
expectations  regarding  general  business  and 
economic conditions; the Company’s Corporate 
Social  Responsibility  initiative  to  enhance  the 
integration of social and environmental concerns 
into  its  business  operations  and  strategy;  the 
Company’s  expectation  to  successfully  divert 
waste from landfill reducing costs and having a 
positive sustainability impact for its customers; 
the  Company’s  announced  new  capacity 
addition  in  its  proprietary  “Ecofloat”  film  line 
commencing commercial production by the end 
of  the  second  quarter  in  2022;  the  continuing 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
impact the CV19 pandemic will have on the global economy and the global supply chain; the Company’s success in 
passing on foreign exchange movements and input cost changes, including inflationary costs to its customer base; the 
Company’s success in quickly initiating actions to reduce variable costs if the economic environment weakens; the pursuit 
of new product initiatives by CCL Label and CCL Design, with capacity expansion plans in new and existing markets; 
CCL Secure’s success in developing market-leading security technology to pursue widespread long-term adoption of 
polymer banknotes; the Company’s expectation that results for “WePrint™” and Kids’ label businesses will remain solid; 
the Company’s expectation that Avery’s  PMG  and  OPG  product  groups  in  North  America  will  improve as bricks-and-
mortar retail strengthens and onsite office-employee density increases; the Company’s expectation that Avery’s Direct-
to-Consumer event and name badging operations will continue to improve globally as large-scale business meetings 
and trade conventions trend back to pre-pandemic levels; the Company’s expectation that the Checkpoint operation will 
benefit from cost-saving initiatives and a move to omni-channel shopping by consumers; the Company’s expectation that 
Innovia will offset resin, energy and freight cost increases with productivity initiatives and price increases to its customer 
base; and the Company’s expectation that if demand remains solid and recent acquisitions meet expectations, results for 
2022 should strengthen over 2021.

Forward-looking  statements  are  not  guarantees  of  future  performance.  They  involve  known  and  unknown  risks  and 
uncertainties relating to future events and conditions, including, but not limited to, the impact of competition; consumer 
confidence and spending preferences; general economic and geopolitical conditions; currency exchange rates; interest 
rates and credit availability; technological change; changes in government regulations; risks associated with operating 
and product hazards; and the Company’s ability to attract and retain qualified employees. Do not unduly rely on forward-
looking statements as the Company’s actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking 
statements. Forward-looking statements are also based on a number of assumptions, which may prove to be incorrect, 
including, but not limited to, assumptions about the following: higher consumer spending; increased customer demand 
for the Company’s products; continued historical growth trends, market growth in specific segments and entering into 
new segments; the Company’s ability to provide a wide range of products to multinational customers on a global basis; the 
benefits of the Company’s focused strategies and operational approach; the Company’s ability to implement its acquisition 
strategy and successfully integrate acquired businesses; the achievement of the Company’s plans for improved efficiency 
and lower costs, including the ability to pass on polypropylene resin, aluminum and other inflationary cost increases to its 
customers; the availability of cash and credit; fluctuations of currency exchange rates; the Company’s continued relations 
with its customers; and general business and economic conditions. Should one or more risks materialize or should any 
assumptions prove incorrect, then actual results could vary materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-
looking statements. Further details on key risks can be found throughout this report and particularly in Section 4: “Risks 
and Uncertainties.”

Except as otherwise indicated, forward-looking statements do not take into account the effect that transactions or non-
recurring  or  other  special  items  announced  or  occurring  after  the  statements  are  made  may  have  on  the  business. 
Such statements do not, unless otherwise specified by the Company, reflect the impact of dispositions, sales of assets, 
monetizations, mergers, acquisitions, other business combinations or transactions, asset write-downs or other charges 
announced or occurring after forward-looking statements are made. The financial impact of these transactions and non-
recurring and other special items can be complex and depends on the facts particular to each of them; therefore, the 
financial impact cannot be described in a meaningful way in advance of knowing the specific facts.

The forward-looking statements are provided as of the date of this MD&A and the Company does not assume any obligation 
to update or revise the forward-looking statements to reflect new events or circumstances, except as required by law.

Unless  the  context  otherwise  indicates,  a  reference  to  “the  Company”  means  CCL  Industries  Inc.  and  its  subsidiary 
companies and equity-accounted investments. 

Additional information relating to the Company, including the Company’s Annual Information Form, is available on SEDAR 
at www.sedar.com or on the Company’s website www.cclind.com. 

7

2021    ANNUAL REPORT  1 .   C O R P O R AT E   OV E RV I E W

A)  The Company

Founded in 1951, and publicly listed under its current name since 1980, the Company’s corporate offices are located 
in Toronto, Ontario, Canada, and Framingham, Massachusetts, United States, with a regional centre for Asia Pacific in 
Singapore. The corporate offices provide executive and centralized services such as finance, accounting, internal audit, 
treasury, risk management, legal, tax, human resources, information technology, environmental, health and safety and 
oversight of operations. The Company employs approximately 25,100 people in 204 production facilities located in North 
America, Latin America, Europe, Australia, Africa and Asia including equity investments operating five facilities in Russia 
and five facilities in the Middle East.

The CCL Segment is the world’s largest converter of pressure sensitive and extruded film materials for a wide range of 
decorative, instructional, security and functional applications for government institutions and large global customers in 
consumer packaging, healthcare, chemicals, consumer durables, electronic device and automotive markets. Extruded 
and labeled plastic tubes, aluminum aerosols and specialty bottles, folded instructional leaflets, specialty folded cartons, 
precision decorated and die cut components, electronic displays, polymer banknote substrate and other complementary 
products and services are sold in parallel to specific end-use markets. Avery is the world’s largest supplier of labels, 
specialty converted media and software solutions to enable short-run digital printing in businesses and homes alongside 
complementary products sold through distributors, mass-market stores and e-commerce retailers. Checkpoint is a leading 
developer of RF and RFID-based technology systems for loss prevention and inventory management applications, including 
labeling and tagging solutions, for the retail and apparel industries worldwide. Innovia is a leading global producer of 
specialty, high-performance, multi-layer, surface-engineered films for label, packaging and security applications. The 
Company partly backward integrates into materials science, with capabilities in polymer extrusion, adhesive development, 
coating and lamination, surface engineering and metallurgy deployed as needed across the four business segments. 

B)  Coronavirus (“CV19”) Pandemic

2021 was a year of perseverance and resiliency as the world withstood the ongoing CV19 pandemic. Optimism abounded 
early in the year as government approved vaccines rolled out, civil restrictions eased, and infection rates appeared to 
be declining. Accordingly, most temporary government financial support programs ceased and savings from furloughed 
and  short-time  working  employees  were  insignificant  for  the  year.  CCL  maintained  its  safety  policies  for  employees, 
suppliers and customers, mitigating any chance of contagion and subsequent closure of any of its facilities. However, 
as the year progressed, vaccine scarcity in developing economies and the emergence of the more contagious Omicron 
variant drove many regimes into re-employing lockdown measures for their citizens. Consequently, global supply chain 
issues were prevalent all year compounded by inflation rates not evidenced in a generation, climbing sequentially as the 
year progressed. Despite these challenges, the Company delivered record adjusted earnings per share and strong free 
cash flow, while maintaining its acquisition growth strategy, closing on nine transactions in 2021. The Company’s balance 
sheet finished the year with a leverage ratio slightly in excess of one turn and available liquidity in excess of $2.0 billion.

C)  Customers and Markets

The state of the global economy and geopolitical events can affect consumer demand and customers’ marketing and sales 
strategies to promote growth, including the introduction of new products. These factors directly influence the demand 
for the Company’s products. Growth expectations generally mirror the trends of each of the markets and product lines 
in which the Company’s customers compete and the growth of the economy in each geographic region. The Company 
attempts to gain market share in each market and category over time.

The  markets  served  by  the  CCL  Segment  are  large  and  diverse,  with  some  sectors  highly  fragmented,  but  with  few 
competitors having the Company’s substantial operating breadth or global reach. Avery has a dominant market-leading 
position for its products in North America, Europe and Australia. Checkpoint has significant market positions in all regions 
of  the  world  and  sells  directly  to  retailers  and  apparel  manufacturers  and  competes  with  other  global  retail  labeling 
companies. Innovia operates plants in Europe, Mexico and Australia and has additional distribution capabilities in the 
United States and Asia that sell films to pressure sensitive materials producers, flexible packaging converters and the 
consumer packaged goods industry, while also producing film internally for security and label applications. 

8

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2021    ANNUAL REPORTD)  Strategy and Financial Targets

The Company’s strategy is to increase shareholder value through investment in organic growth and product innovations 
around  the  world,  augmented  by  a  global  acquisition  strategy.  The  Company  builds  on  the  strength  of  its  people  in 
marketing, manufacturing and product development and nurtures strong relationships with its international, national 
and regional customers and suppliers. The Company anticipates increasing its market share in most product categories 
by capitalizing on market insights and the growth of its customers, and by following developments such as globalization, 
new product innovation, branding and consumer trends.

A key attribute of this strategy is maintaining focus and discipline. The CCL Segment aspires to be the market leader 
and the highest value-added producer in each customer sector and region in which it chooses to compete. The primary 
objective is to invest in growth globally, both organically and by acquisition. Avery objectives align to its core competencies 
in label solutions centered on specialty converted media that enable short-run digital printing in homes and businesses 
and  increasingly  using  the  direct-to-consumer  channel,  both  organically  and  by  acquisition.  Checkpoint  focuses  on 
technology-driven loss-prevention and inventory-management labeling for the retail and apparel industries. Innovia is a 
leading global producer of specialty, high-performance, multi-layer, surface-engineered biaxially oriented polypropylene 
(“BOPP”) films for label, packaging and security applications. Innovia also provides significant depth and capability to 
develop proprietary films for label applications.

The Company’s financial strategy is to be fiscally prudent and conservative. The 2021 financial results delivered strong cash 
flow and a solid balance sheet after investing $234.4 million in acquisitions and $306.9 million in net capital expenditures 
to execute global growth initiatives. During good and difficult economic times, such as the CV19 pandemic, the Company 
has maintained high levels of cash on hand and unused lines of credit to reduce its financial risk and to provide flexibility 
when acquisition opportunities are available. As at December 31, 2021, the Company had $602.1 million of cash on hand 
and approximately US$1.19 billion of undrawn capacity on the Company’s unsecured revolving credit facility.

The Company maintains a continuous focus on minimizing its investment in working capital to maximize cash flow in 
support of growth in the business. In addition, capital expenditures are targeted at the most attractive growth opportunities 
and are expected to be accretive to earnings. The Company’s financial discipline and prudent allocation of capital have 
ensured sufficient available liquidity and a secure financial foundation for the long-term future.

A  key  financial  target  is  return  on  equity  before  goodwill  impairment  loss,  restructuring  and  other  items,  non-cash 
acquisition accounting adjustments and tax adjustments (“ROE,” a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and 
Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A). The Company continues to execute its strategy with a goal of achieving a comparable 
ROE level to its leading peers in specialty packaging. 2021 ROE of 17.2%, although still strong, was down modestly to 2020 
as retained earnings increased faster than profitability gains:

Return on Equity 

2021 

17.2% 

2020 

17.8% 

2019 

17.8% 

2018 

20.0% 

2017 

24.0% 

2016

23.5%

Another metric used by the investment community as a comparative measure is return on total capital before goodwill 
impairment  loss,  restructuring  and  other  items,  non-cash  acquisition  accounting  adjustments  and  tax  adjustments 
(“ROTC,” a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A). The chart below 
details performance since 2016. The Company targets delivering returns in excess of its cost of capital. ROTC of 12.5% 
for 2021 improved compared to 2020 due to the solid increase in adjusted net earnings for 2021, partially offset by the 
increase in capital deployed for acquisitions and net capital expenditures compared to 2020: 

Return on Total Capital  

2021 

12.5% 

2020 

11.9% 

2019 

10.8% 

2018 

11.3% 

2017 

14.0% 

2016

15.9%

ROTC should increase as the Company deleverages its balance sheet and increases net earnings as the turbulent operating 
environment caused by the global CV19 pandemic fades away. 

The long-term growth rate of adjusted basic earnings per Class B share (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance 
Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) is another important financial target. This measure excludes goodwill 
impairment loss, restructuring and other items, tax adjustments, gains on business dispositions and non-cash acquisition 
accounting adjustments. Management believes that, by taking into account both the relatively stable overall demand for 
consumer staple and healthcare products globally and the continuing benefits from the Company’s focused strategies 
and  operational  approach,  a  positive  growth  rate  in  adjusted  basic  earnings  per  share  is  realistic  under  reasonable 
economic circumstances.

9

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company has achieved significant growth in its annual adjusted basic and basic earnings per share since 2016:

2021 

Adjusted Basic EPS Growth Rate 

9.4% 

Basic EPS Growth Rate 

12.5% 

2020 

10.4% 

10.4% 

2019 

2.2% 

1.5% 

2018 

1.5% 

(2.2%) 

2017 

17.9% 

36.4% 

2016

32.5%

16.5%

In 2021, adjusted basic earnings increased by 9.4% to $3.37 per Class B share. Improved profitability from the Avery, 
Checkpoint and Innovia Segments and reduced net interest expense, offset reduced profitability for the CCL Segment and 
increased corporate costs. The Company believes continuing growth in earnings per share is achievable in the future as 
the negative earnings impact of the global CV19 pandemic wanes and the Company executes its global business strategies 
for the CCL, Avery, Checkpoint and Innovia Segments. 

The Company will continue to focus on generating cash and effectively utilizing the cash flow generated by operations 
and divestitures. Earnings before net finance cost, taxes, depreciation and amortization, excluding goodwill impairment 
loss, earnings in equity-accounted investments, non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, restructuring and other 
items  (“Adjusted  EBITDA,”  a  non-IFRS  measure;  see  “Key  Performance  Indicators  and  Non-IFRS  Measures”  in  Section 
5A), is considered a good indicator of cash flow and is used by many financial institutions and investment advisors to 
measure operating results and for business valuations. As a key indicator of cash flow, Adjusted EBITDA demonstrates the 
Company’s ability to incur or service existing debt, to invest in capital additions and to take advantage of organic growth 
opportunities and acquisitions that are accretive to earnings per share. Historically, the Company has experienced growth 
in Adjusted EBITDA:

2021 

2020 

2019 

2018 

2017 

Adjusted EBITDA 

$  1,173.1 

$  1,123.2 

$ 1,067.2 

$ 

995.3 

$ 

959.2 

$ 

% of sales 

20% 

21% 

20% 

19% 

20% 

2016

792.7

20%

In 2021, Adjusted EBITDA increased by approximately 8.8% from 2020, excluding the negative 4.4% impact of foreign 
currency  translation.  The  Company’s  Adjusted  EBITDA  margins  remain  at  the  top  end  of  the  range  of  its  peers.  The 
Company expects growth in Adjusted EBITDA in the future as the world normalizes subsequent to the effects of the CV19 
pandemic and the Company implements its global growth initiatives.

The framework supporting the above performance indicators is an appropriate level of financial leverage. Based on the 
dynamics within the specialty packaging industry and the risks that higher leverage may bring, the Company has a comfort 
level up to a target of approximately 3.5 times net debt to Adjusted EBITDA with an appropriate deleveraging and liquidity 
profile to maintain its investment-grade ratings with Moody’s Investor Service (“Moody’s”) and S&P Global (“S&P”). As at 
December 31, 2021, net debt (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 
5A) to Adjusted EBITDA was 1.06 times, 0.18 turns lower than the 1.24 times at December 31, 2020, reflecting increased 
Adjusted EBITDA and a reduction in net debt. This leverage level is consistent with management’s conservative approach 
to financial risk and the Company’s ability to generate strong levels of free cash flow from operations (a non-IFRS measure; 
see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A). This leverage level also allows the Company the 
flexibility to quickly execute its acquisition growth strategy without significantly exposing its credit quality. 

The  Board  does  not  have  a  target  dividend  payout  ratio  (a  non-IFRS  measure;  see  “Key  Performance  Indicators  and 
Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A). However, the Company has paid dividends quarterly for over thirty years without 
an  omission  or  reduction.  The  Board  views  this  consistency  and  dividend  growth  as  important  factors  in  enhancing 
shareholder value. For 2021, the dividend payout ratio was 25% of adjusted earnings. This dividend payout ratio reflects 
the strong cash flows generated by the Company and a solid increase in adjusted earnings in 2021 compared to 2020. 
Therefore, after careful review of the current year results, budgeted cash flow and income for 2022, the Board has declared 
a 14.3% increase in the annual dividend: an increase of $0.03 per Class B share per quarter, from $0.21 to $0.24 per Class 
B share per quarter ($0.96 per Class B share annualized). Including this increase, the Company has more than doubled 
the annualized rate since March 2017.

The Company believes that all of the above targets are mutually compatible and consequently should drive meaningful 
shareholder value over time.

The Company’s strategy and ability to grow and achieve attractive returns for its shareholders are shaped by key internal 
and  external  factors  that  are  common  to  the  businesses  it  operates.  The  key  performance  driver  is  the  Company’s 
continuous focus on customer service, supported by its reputation for quality manufacturing, competitive pricing, product 
innovation, dependability, ethical business practices and financial stability.

10

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company has always updated its financial strategies and performance against internal benchmarks while considering 
its  obligations  to  Corporate  Social  Responsibility  (“CSR”).  The  Company’s  CSR  initiative  is  designed  to  enhance 
the integration of social and environmental concerns into its business operations and strategy and interactions with 
stakeholders. Beginning with its 2019 report, the Company now releases an annual Sustainability Report covering material 
environmental and social responsibility issues and policies. These reports are made available on the Company’s website 
at www.cclind.com/sustainability.

 Sustainability: The Company is committed to helping customers meet their targets by developing new products while 
reducing the environmental impact of its manufacturing processes. The Company will limit industrial waste ending up 
in the environment or in landfills by implementing waste reduction strategies. The Company has set goals of cutting 
2019’s level of waste to landfill by 90% globally by 2025 and eliminating all landfill from its manufacturing process by 
2030 in North America and Europe.

 Ethics: The Company’s Global Business Ethics Guide, enhanced in 2021 to align with the Company’s Corporate Social 
responsibility strategy, is its primary policy on workplace practices, human rights, health and safety, ethical conduct 
and fair business practices for all employees. Reviewing the Guide is an important part of new hire training and global 
facilities are audited to ensure all new hires receive a copy of the ethics guide and sign a commitment of adherence 
to the code. 

 Health & Safety: The health and safety of the Company’s employees around the world is a top priority. The Company’s 
current Environmental Health & Safety (“EHS”) policy and robust safety reporting programs address the statutory 
requirements of the countries where the Company does business. The EHS policy was revised and updated in 2020 
with the launch of the Company’s inaugural Sustainability Report. The Company is committed to integrating EHS 
considerations into operating practices and employee training programs. Quarterly reporting of health and safety 
performance statistics to management and the CSR Committee is required, with the objectives of an injury-free 
workplace and appropriate responses to all incidents. Each facility is assessed a colour code ranking for safety in 
each calendar year, with a focus on improvement of their health and safety standards.

 Responsible Supply Chains: The Company continues to work with its supply chain partners to reduce the overall 
environmental  and  social  impacts  of  its  products  including  transportation,  secondary  packaging  and  material 
sourcing. Through predictive forecasting and responsive production, the Company is able to drive down lead times 
and help lower inventory throughout the supply chain with the added benefit of reducing waste and obsolescence 
and lowering the effects on the environment. 

 Circular Innovation: The Company’s product innovation teams work directly with customers to create sustainable 
products applicable to their needs while supporting end-use consumer demand to reduce waste in the environment. 

E)  Recent Acquisitions and Dispositions

The Company is globally deployed with significant diversification across the world economy including emerging markets, 
a broad customer base, distinct product lines and many different currencies. 

The  Company  continues  to  deploy  its  cash  flow  from  operations  into  its  core  Segments  with  both  internal  capital 
investments and strategic acquisitions. The following acquisitions were completed over the last two years:

•  In December 2021, the Company acquired International Master Products Corporation (“IMP”), based in Michigan, U.S., for 
$61.4 million net of cash acquired. IMP is a leading provider of labels and tags for the U.S. horticulture industry through 
digitally enabled design software, expanding Avery’s direct-to-consumer business.

•  In December 2021, the Company acquired Lodging Access Systems, LLC, (“LAS”), based in Florida, U.S., for $26.4 million, 
net of cash acquired. LAS is a leading supplier of digitally printed and encoded RFID key cards, wrist bands and key fobs 
for access controls. LAS further expands Avery’s direct-to-consumer business.

•  In December 2021, the Company acquired the pharmaceutical leaflet printing press and customer list from the Laramara 

Foundation in Sao Paulo, Brazil, for $0.8 million. These assets were added to the CCL Segment.

•  In December 2021, the Company acquired Forever Blue Investimentos e Participacoes S.A. (d.b.a. “Tecnoblu”), headquartered 
in Blumenau, Brazil, for $17.7 million net of cash and debt. Tecnoblu is now a part of the Checkpoint Apparel Labeling 
Solutions business (“ALS”).

•  In  December  2021,  the  company  acquired  Desarrollo  e  Investigación  S.A.  de  C.V.  and  Fuzetouch  PTE  LTD  (Singapore) 
(collectively “D&F”) headquartered in San Luis Potosi, Mexico, for approximately $51.3 million net of cash acquired. D&F is 
a leading supplier of graphic interface control panels and assemblies and now trades as “CCL Design.”

11

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  In July 2021, the Company acquired the Uniter Group of companies (“Uniter”), based in A Coruña, Spain, with operations in 
Europe, Asia and North Africa for approximately $50.4 million, including debt assumed and net of cash acquired. Uniter’s 
five factories are part of the Checkpoint ALS business. 

•  In July 2021, the Company acquired privately owned Plum Paper LLC (“Plum”), based in California, U.S., for approximately 
$26.3 million, net of cash acquired. Plum is a leading supplier of personalized planners and is part of Avery’s growing 
direct-to-consumer business. 

•  In  May  2021,  the  Company  acquired  privately  held  Lux  Global  Label  Asia  Pte.  Ltd.  (“LUX”),  based  in  Singapore  for 
approximately $9.4 million, net of cash. LUX produces decorative labels for global consumer product customers in the 
ASEAN region. LUX now trades as “CCL Label Singapore.” 

•  In April 2021, the Company acquired the assets of Europack Packaging and Fluid Management GmbH (“Europack”) for 

approximately $0.9 million. Europack was added to the CCL Segment.

•  In November 2020, the Company acquired privately owned Super Enterprises Printing (Malaysia) Sdn. Bnd. (“SEP”) for 
approximately $18.4 million, net of cash. SEP is headquartered in Kuala Lumpur, with a second manufacturing operation 
in Guangzhou, China. SEP manufactures decorative panels, liquid crystal and touch-screen display covers and in-mould 
decorated components for the consumer electronics and automotive sectors across Asia. The company now trades as 
“CCL Design.”

•  In  October  2020,  the  Company  acquired  Graphic  West  International  ApS  (“GWI”),  headquartered  in  Denmark,  with 
operations in Europe and North America, for approximately $35.2 million, net of cash and debt. This new operation brings 
expanded capabilities and geographic reach in digitally printed cartons for the pharmaceutical industry. The company now 
trades as “CCL Specialty Cartons.”

•  In July 2020, the Company acquired InTouch Labels and Packaging Co., Inc. (“InTouch”), near Boston, Massachusetts, for 
approximately $11.1 million, net of cash and debt. InTouch is a specialized short-run digital label converter and was added 
to Avery’s direct-to-consumer business.

•  In March 2020, the Company acquired Flexpol Sp. z.o.o. (“Flexpol”), a privately owned company based in Plock, Poland. 
Flexpol  is  a  leading  producer  of  BOPP  film  for  the  European  market.  The  purchase  price,  net  of  cash  acquired,  was 
approximately $23.5 million. The new business immediately commenced operating as “Innovia Poland.” 

•  In February 2020, the Company acquired Clinical Systems, Inc. (“CSI”), based in Garden City, New York, U.S., for approximately 
$19.7 million, net of cash on hand. CSI is a specialized provider to the U.S. clinical trials industry and is operating as part of 
CCL Label’s Healthcare and Specialty business.

•  In  February  2020,  the  Company  acquired  the  remaining  50%  interest  in  its  aluminum  slug  joint  venture,  Rheinfelden 
Americas,  LLC  (“Rheinfelden”),  by  assuming  $18.8  million  of  net  debt  previously  held  in  the  venture.  The  business 
immediately changed its name to CCL Metal Science and reported in the CCL Segment.

•  In January 2020, the Company acquired privately owned Ibertex Etiquetaje Industrial S.L.U. and Eti-Textil Maroc S.a.r.l. 
AU  (“Eti-Textil”)  for  approximately  $20.1  million,  net  of  cash  and  debt.  Eti-Textil,  headquartered  in  Elche,  Spain,  with 
satellite manufacturing in Tangier, Morocco, is an apparel label producer that has been integrated into the ALS business 
of Checkpoint.

•  In  January  2020,  the  Company  acquired  I.D.&C.  World  Holdco  Ltd.  (“ID&C”),  with  operations  in  Tunbridge  Wells,  U.K., 
and Florida, U.S., for approximately $35.5 million, net of cash acquired. ID&C is a global leader in live event badges and 
wristbands and is part of Avery’s direct-to-consumer business. 

•  In January 2020, the Company acquired IDentilam Ltd. (“IDL”), based in Horsham, U.K., for approximately $2.9 million, net 
of cash acquired. IDL designs and develops a range of software solutions for event badging and identification cards and 
has been added to Avery’s direct-to-consumer business.

The acquisitions completed over the past few years, in conjunction with the building of new plants around the world, 
have positioned the CCL Segment as the global leader for labels in the personal care, healthcare, food and beverage, 
durables, security and specialty categories. Avery is the world’s largest supplier of labels, specialty converted media, and 
software solutions to enable short-run digital printing in businesses and homes alongside complementary office products. 
Checkpoint has added technology-driven loss-prevention, inventory-management and labeling solutions, including RF- 
and RFID-based systems, to the retail and apparel industries. Innovia provides vertical integration, driving the Company 
deeper into polymer sciences, enhancing the development of proprietary products for its customers.

12

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2021    ANNUAL REPORTF)  Subsequent Events

Prior to the release of the 2021 annual financial statements, the Company announced the following:

•  In January 2022, the Company acquired McGavigan Holdings Ltd. (“McGavigan”), headquartered in Glasgow, Scotland, 
with significant additional manufacturing capability in China for $105.5 million including assumed debt and net of cash 
acquired. McGavigan is a leading supplier of in-mould decorated components for automobile interiors and has now been 
added to CCL Design.

G)  Consolidated Annual Financial Results

Selected Financial Information

Results of Consolidated Operations

Sales  
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 

Earnings in equity-accounted investments 
Net finance cost 
Restructuring and other items  

Earnings before income taxes 
Income taxes 

Net earnings 

Basic earnings per Class B share 

Diluted earnings per Class B share 

Adjusted basic earnings per Class B share 

Dividends per Class B share 

Total assets 

Total non-current liabilities 

Comments on Consolidated Results

2021 

5,732.8 
4,140.7 

1,592.1 
761.4 

830.7 
11.2 
(56.9) 
(4.4) 

780.6 
181.5 

599.1 

3.33 

3.31 

3.37 

0.84 

7,627.8 

2,462.8 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2020 

5,242.3 
3,740.1 

1,502.2 
725.4 

776.8 
9.5 
(65.2) 
(27.6) 

693.5 
163.8 

529.7 

2.96 

2.94 

3.08 

0.72 

7,336.7 

2,792.5 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2019

5,321.3
3,809.1

1,512.2
774.6

737.6
5.4
(81.0)
(25.0)

637.0
159.9

477.1

2.68

2.66

2.79

0.68

7,038.0

2,992.3

Sales were $5,732.8 million for 2021, an increase of 9.4% compared to $5,242.3 million recorded in 2020. This increase in 
sales includes an organic growth rate of 11.8% and acquisition-related growth of 2.0%, partially offset by the 4.4% negative 
impact of foreign currency translation. 

Consistent with 2020, approximately 98% of the Company’s 2021 sales to end-use customers are denominated in foreign 
currencies. Consequently, changes in foreign exchange rates can have a material impact on sales and profitability when 
translated into Canadian dollars for public reporting. The depreciation of the U.S. dollar, euro, Brazilian real, Mexican peso 
and Thai baht by 6.5%, 3.1%, 11.3% 1.4% and 8.4%, respectively, was partially offset by a 1.8% appreciation of the Australian 
dollar relative to the Canadian dollar in 2021 compared to average exchange rates in 2020. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) were $761.4 million for 2021, compared to $725.4 million reported 
in 2020. The increase in SG&A expenses in 2021 relates to an increase in corporate expenses as well as general increases 
across all business Segments of the Company. Corporate expenses for 2021 increased to $60.6 million, compared to $46.7 
million for 2020, primarily due to increased variable compensation expenses on improved profitability in the third year of 
the amended long-term incentive plan. 

Operating income (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) for 
2021 was $891.3 million, an increase of 8.2% compared to $823.5 million for 2020. Foreign currency translation was a 
4.6% negative impact to consolidated operating income for 2021 compared to 2020. The Avery, Checkpoint and Innovia 
Segments each increased operating income while CCL Segment posted a modest decline, compared to 2020. Further 
details on the business segments follow later in this report.

13

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA in 2021 was $1,173.1 million, an improvement of 4.4% compared to $1,123.2 million recorded in 2020. 
Excluding the impact of foreign currency translation, the increase was 8.8% over the prior year.

Net finance cost was $56.9 million for 2021, compared to $65.2 million for 2020. The 12.7% decline in net finance cost can 
primarily be attributed to reduced total debt for 2021 compared to 2020.

For the full year 2021, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $4.4 million ($3.5 million after tax) 
as follows:

•  Restructuring expenses of $3.9 million ($3.0 million after tax), primarily related to severance and reorganization costs 

across the CCL, Checkpoint and Innovia Segments.

•  Acquisition transaction costs totaled $0.5 million ($0.5 million after tax), for the nine acquisitions closed in 2021.

The negative earnings impact of these restructuring and other items in 2021 was $0.02 per Class B share.

For the full year 2020, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $27.6 million ($20.8 million after 
tax) as follows:

•  Restructuring expenses of $18.4 million ($14.2 million after tax), primarily related to severance and reorganization costs 
across the Company matching operational expenses to reduced economic activity resulting from the global CV19 pandemic. 

•  Acquisition transaction costs totaled $1.1 million ($1.1 million after tax), for the nine acquisitions closed in 2020.

•  Other expenses of $8.1 million ($5.5 million after tax), related to the final judgement at the High Court of Australia for a 
pre-acquisition lawsuit against CCL Secure’s polymer banknote substrate business for wrongful termination in 2008 of an 
agency agreement in the amount of AUD$45.1 million ($43.0 million) including interest and legal costs. This final judgement 
was $8.6 million in excess of the amount accrued on the Innovia acquisition. 

The negative earnings impact of these restructuring and other items in 2020 was $0.12 per Class B share.

In 2021, the consolidated effective tax rate was 23.6%, compared to 23.9% in 2020, excluding earnings in equity-accounted 
investments. The combined Canadian federal and provincial statutory tax rate was 26.5% for 2021 (2020 – 25.8%). The 
effective tax rate was impacted by amendments to UK tax legislation enacted into law for the year partially offset by a 
reduction in valuation allowances due to improved profitability at certain subsidiaries of the Company resulting in a decline 
in the consolidated effective tax rate.

The new UK tax legislation raised income tax rates in future periods, therefore, the Company was required to increase its 
deferred income liability by $8.0 million resulting in a corresponding increase in tax expense. This increase in tax expense 
was more than offset by a reduction in valuation allowances due to improved profitability at certain subsidiaries of the 
Company. Of this $8.0 million increase, $4.7 million primarily related to book and tax timing differences and other discrete 
items. However, $3.3 million related to indefinite life intangibles from recent acquisitions that were recognized for accounting 
purposes but had no corresponding tax basis and were therefore excluded from adjusted basic earnings per share.

Approximately 98% of the Company’s sales are from products sold to customers outside of Canada, and the income from 
these foreign operations is subject to varying rates of taxation. The Company’s effective tax rate is also affected from year 
to year due to the level of income in the various countries, recognition or reversal of tax losses, tax reassessments and 
income and expense items not subject to tax. 

Net earnings for 2021 increased 13.1% to $599.1 million, compared to $529.7 million recorded in 2020 due to the items 
described above. 

Basic earnings per Class B share were $3.33 for 2021 versus the $2.96 recorded for 2020. Diluted earnings per Class B 
share were $3.31 for 2021 and $2.94 for 2020. The movement in foreign currency exchange rates in 2021 compared to 
2020 had a negative impact on the translation of the Company’s basic earnings of $0.15 per Class B share. The diluted 
weighted average number of shares was 180.9 million for 2021, compared to 179.8 million for 2020. 

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had 11.8 million Class A voting shares and 168.4 million Class B non-voting shares 
issued and outstanding. In addition, the Company had outstanding stock options to purchase 1.5 million Class B non-voting 
shares, 0.7 million restricted stock units (“RSU”) to issue 0.7 million Class B non-voting shares, and 0.2 million deferred share 
units (“DSU”) outstanding to issue 0.2 million Class B non-voting shares. Lastly, the Company has a performance stock unit 
(“PSU”) plan to issue up to 1.5 million Class B non-voting shares to participants at the end of 2021, provided the financial 
performance criteria have been achieved and the participants are still employed by the Company. Since December 31, 2021 
there has been no change in the number of outstanding Class A voting shares, RSU’s, DSUs or PSUs to be issued; however, 
50,000 stock options were exercised to purchase 50,000 Class B non-voting shares from treasury shares.

Adjusted basic earnings per Class B share was $3.37 for 2021, up 9.4% from $3.08 in 2020.

14

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2021    ANNUAL REPORTThe movement in foreign currency exchange rates in 2021 versus 2020 had an estimated negative translation impact 
of  $0.15  on  adjusted  basic  earnings  per  Class  B  share.  This  estimated  foreign  currency  impact  reflects  the  currency 
translation in all foreign operations.

H)   Seasonality and Fourth Quarter Financial Results

2021 

Sales
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
Innovia 

Total sales 

Segment operating income  
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
Innovia 

Operating income 
Corporate expenses 
Restructuring and other items  
Earnings in equity-accounted investments   

Finance cost, net 

Earnings before income taxes 
Income taxes 

Net earnings 

Per Class B share 

Basic earnings 

Diluted earnings 

Adjusted basic earnings  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

  Unaudited 
Qtr 1 

  Unaudited 
Qtr 2 

  Unaudited 
Qtr 3 

  Unaudited 
Qtr 4 

$ 

$ 

$ 

876.7 
140.4 
168.7 
163.7 

1,349.5 

157.2 
21.0 
25.4 
19.5 

223.1 
15.9 
– 
(1.9) 

209.1 
14.7 

194.4 
46.6 

 147.8 

 0.82 

0.81 

0.82 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

856.3 
178.9 
187.7 
183.4 

1,406.3 

139.5 
38.2 
29.1 
28.7 

235.5 
16.2 
2.6 
(2.1) 

218.8 
14.1 

204.7 
51.7 

153.0  

 0.86 

0.86 

0.89 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

882.0 
209.7 
189.3 
207.2 

1,488.2 

127.6 
51.2 
24.6 
20.5 

223.9 
10.3 
0.7 
(2.4) 

215.3 
14.2 

201.1 
47.9 

153.2  

0.85 

0.84 

0.85 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

883.2 
179.9 
226.8 
198.9 

1,488.8 

121.5 
38.4 
36.4 
12.5 

208.8 
18.2 
1.1 
(4.8) 

194.3 
13.9 

180.4 
35.3 

145.1 

0.80 

0.80 

0.81 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Year

3,498.2
708.9
772.5
753.2

5,732.8

545.8
148.8
115.5
81.2

891.3
60.6
4.4
(11.2)

837.5
56.9

780.6
181.5

599.1

3.33

3.31

3.37

15

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2020 

Sales
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia  

Total sales 

Segment operating income  
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

Operating income 
Corporate expenses 
Restructuring and other items  
Earnings in equity-accounted investments   

Finance cost, net 

Earnings before income taxes 
Income taxes 

Net earnings 

Per Class B share 

Basic earnings 

Diluted earnings 

Adjusted basic earnings  

Fourth Quarter Results 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

  Unaudited 
Qtr 1 

  Unaudited 
Qtr 2 

  Unaudited 
Qtr 3 

  Unaudited 
Qtr 4 

$ 

$ 

$ 

838.8 
158.8 
154.9 
144.0 

1,296.5 

140.6 
32.1 
12.1 
15.5 

200.3 
10.5 
1.8 
(1.3) 

 189.3 
17.1 

172.2 
45.6 

 126.6 

 0.71 

0.70 

 0.72 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

781.6 
146.2 
121.6 
172.4 

1,221.8 

115.0 
18.5 
6.4 
23.7 

163.6 
7.5 
3.8 
(1.7) 

154.0 
15.9 

138.1 
34.2 

103.9  

 0.58 

0.58 

0.59 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

877.0 
178.4 
169.7 
148.3 

1,373.4 

160.8 
35.7 
29.6 
20.2 

246.3 
12.3 
16.2 
(2.5) 

 220.3 
16.4 

203.9 
50.6 

153.3  

0.86 

0.86 

0.93 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

860.2 
150.8 
189.3 
150.3 

1,350.6 

136.4 
27.0 
32.2 
17.7 

213.3 
16.4 
5.8 
(4.0) 

195.1 
15.8 

179.3 
33.4 

145.9 

0.81 

0.80 

0.84 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Year

3,357.6
634.2
635.5
615.0

5,242.3

552.8
113.3
80.3
77.1

823.5
46.7
27.6
(9.5)

758.7
65.2

693.5
163.8

529.7

2.96

 2.94

3.08

Sales for the fourth quarter of 2021 increased 10.2% to $1,488.8 million, compared to $1,350.6 million recorded in the 2020 
fourth quarter. Excluding foreign currency translation, sales for the fourth quarter of 2021 increased by 14.6% compared 
to the 2020 fourth quarter. This increase was due to 12.8% organic sales growth and 1.8% from acquisitions. The CCL, 
Avery, Checkpoint and Innovia Segments each recorded organic sales growth rates of 6.0%, 20.8%, 18.8% and 36.0%, 
respectively. CCL Segment recorded organic growth in all five of its sectors but most prominently at Food & Beverage 
and CCL Secure. Avery sales increased in all product categories and in all regions. Checkpoint recorded significant sales 
growth in both the Merchandise Availability Solutions (“MAS”) product lines and especially Apparel Labeling Solutions 
(“ALS”) product lines, including RFID. Sales growth at Innovia was principally driven by higher resin costs largely passed 
through to customers.

Operating income in the fourth quarter of 2021 was a modest decline of 2.1% to $208.8 million, compared to $213.3 million 
in the fourth quarter of 2020. For the fourth quarter of 2021, Avery and Checkpoint improved operating income 42.2% and 
13.0%, respectively, offset by the 10.9% and 29.4%, declines for the CCL Segment and Innovia, respectively. Within the CCL 
Segment, Healthcare & Specialty, Home & Personal Care and CCL Secure all recorded profitability improvement due to 
sales gains and efficiency initiatives offset by results for CCL Design and Food & Beverage, which were impacted by supply 
chain challenges in automotive markets and raw material cost inflation, respectively. Avery’s substantial sales growth 
and profitability improvement across all categories drove an improved return on sales. The ALS and MAS businesses of 
Checkpoint, both posted strong profitability for the fourth quarter. Innovia’s fourth quarter profitability gains were eroded 
by substantial increases in energy and freight costs. 

Corporate expenses were $18.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2021, compared to $16.4 million recorded in the prior-year 
period. The increase in corporate costs is principally attributable to increased expense for variable long-term compensation. 

16

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA for the fourth quarter of 2021 was $277.2 million compared to the $283.9 million for the 2020 comparable 
period. Adjusted EBITDA declined due to the aforementioned results at the CCL and Innovia Segments.

Net finance cost was $13.9 million for the fourth quarter of 2021 compared to $15.8 million for the fourth quarter of 2020. 
Reduced total debt outstanding for the fourth quarter of 2021 compared to the fourth quarter of 2020 resulted in a 
reduction of comparative net finance costs. 

For the fourth quarter of 2021, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $1.1 million ($0.9 million 
after tax) as follows:

•  Restructuring expenses primarily related to severance and reorganization costs for the CCL and Checkpoint’s operations 

globally to match operational costs to customer demand levels during the pandemic.

The negative earnings impact of these restructuring and other items for the 2021 fourth quarter was $0.01 per Class B share. 

For the fourth quarter of 2020, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $5.8 million ($4.5 million 
after tax) as follows:

•  Restructuring expenses primarily related to severance and reorganization costs for Checkpoint’s operations globally to 

match operational costs to customer demand levels during the pandemic.

The negative earnings impact of these restructuring and other items for the 2020 fourth quarter was $0.03 per Class B share. 

Tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2021 was $35.3 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 20.1% compared to $33.4 
million and an effective tax rate of 19.0% in the prior-year period. The comparative effective tax rates for the fourth quarters 
of 2021 and 2020 are lower than the annual effective tax rates due to a reduction in a valuation allowance based on the 
Company’s ability to utilize previously unrecognized deferred tax assets at one of its German entities.

Net earnings in the fourth quarter of 2021 were $145.1 million, compared to net earnings of $145.9 million in the fourth 
quarter of 2020. 

Basic earnings per Class B share were $0.80 in the fourth quarter of 2021, compared to $0.81 in the fourth quarter of 2020. 
The movement in foreign currency exchange rates in the fourth quarter of 2021 compared to 2020 had a negative impact 
of $0.04 on basic earnings per Class B share.

Adjusted basic earnings per Class B share declined 3.6% to $0.81 for the fourth quarter of 2021, compared to $0.84 in 
the corresponding quarter of 2020.

Summary of Seasonality and Quarterly Results

For the CCL and Innovia Segments, the first and second quarters are generally the strongest due to the number of workdays 
and various customer-related activities. Also, there are many products that have a spring-summer bias in North America 
and Europe such as agricultural chemicals and certain beverage products, which generate additional sales volumes for the 
Company in the first half of the year. The polymer banknote business within the CCL Segment experiences intra-quarter 
variations  in  sales  influenced  by  Central  Banks’  reorder  volatility.  For  Avery,  the  third  quarter  has  historically  been  its 
strongest as it benefits from increased demand related to back-to-school activities in North America, although the impact 
is expected to diminish in future periods on secular declines in low-margin ring binder sales and the expansion of the 
Avery’s direct-to-consumer businesses that do not have this seasonal bias. For Checkpoint, the second half of the calendar 
year is healthier as the business substantially follows the retail cycle of its customers, which traditionally experiences more 
consumer activity from September through to the end of the year and prepares for the same in its supply chain from mid-
year on. Checkpoint’s year-over-year comparative quarterly results often include one-time large chain-wide customer-driven 
hardware installations that strengthen future reoccurring label revenues. Sales in the final quarter of the year are negatively 
affected in North America by Thanksgiving and globally by the Christmas and New Year holiday season shutdowns.

Sales and net earnings comparability between the quarters of 2021 and 2020 were primarily affected by the magnitude 
of CV19-related civil limitations by country, regional economic variances, the impact of foreign currency changes relative 
to  the  Canadian  dollar,  the  timing  of  acquisitions,  the  effect  of  restructuring  initiatives,  the  impact  of  Central  Bank 
reorder patterns, tax adjustments and other items. In particular, the second quarter of 2021 experienced significant sales 
and profitability improvement compared to a prior year period that was broadly impacted by CV19 restrictions on the 
Company’s customer base. CCL Segment experienced notable increases in its Food & Beverage and CCL Design business 
lines on improved on-premise demand and an uptick in automotive markets, respectively. Avery’s results improved in 
traditional product lines with increased employee density in businesses and in Direct-to-Consumer name badge, event 
badge and wristbands categories as sports and leisure events, conventions, meetings and conferences trended towards 
pre-pandemic levels. Checkpoint’s second quarter results were robust compared to a prior year second quarter affected 
by the closure of non-essential retail outlets globally and apparel manufacturing hubs in Asia. 

17

2021    ANNUAL REPORTThe 2021 third quarter was a strong quarter, but as expected below the record 2020 third quarter results, which included 
high margin, windfall banknote substrate orders for CCL Secure. Avery’s third quarter improved dramatically with a more 
normalized back-to-school season in North America compared to a 2020 third quarter that was chaotic due to limitations 
related to the CV19 pandemic. Checkpoint and Innovia’s results, although solid for the third quarter of 2021, were impacted 
by inflation cost pressures. 

2 .   B U S I N E S S   S E G M E N T   R E V I E W

A)  General

All divisions of the Company invest capital and management effort to develop world-class manufacturing operations, 
with spending allocated to geographic expansion, cost-reduction projects, the development of innovative products and 
processes, the maintenance and expansion of existing capacity and the continuous improvement in health and safety 
in the workplace, including environmental management. Throughout the pandemic each operating unit invested in the 
necessary Personal Protective Equipment and enhanced processes for the safety of its employees, customers and suppliers 
in order to remain open as a critical business in each regime in which the Company operates. The Company also makes 
strategic acquisitions for global competitive advantage, servicing large customers, taking advantage of new geographic 
markets, finding adjacent and new product opportunities, adding new customer segments, building infrastructure and 
improving operating performance. Avery, Checkpoint and the CCL Design business within the CCL Segment are less 
capital intensive as a percentage of sales than the Company’s other businesses. Further discussion on capital spending 
is provided in the individual Segment discussion sections below.

Although each Segment is a leader in market share or has a significant position in the markets it serves in each of its 
operating locales, it also generally operates in a mature and competitive environment. For a number of years, consumer 
products and healthcare companies have experienced steady pressure to maintain or even reduce prices to their major 
retail and distribution channels, which has driven significant consolidation in the Company’s customer base. This has 
resulted in many customers seeking supply-chain efficiencies and cost savings in order to maintain profit margins. Volatile 
commodity costs, and more recently in 2021, obvious inflationary input costs have also created challenges to manage 
pricing with customers. These dynamics have been an ongoing challenge for the Company and its competitors, requiring 
greater management and financial control and flexible cost structures. Unlike some of its competitors, the Company has 
the financial strength to invest in the equipment and innovation necessary to constantly strive to be the highest value-
added producer in the markets that it serves. 

The cost of many of the key raw material inputs for the Company, such as plastic films and resins, paper, specialty chemicals 
and aluminum, are largely dependent on the supply and demand economics within the petrochemical, energy and base 
metals industries. The Checkpoint Segment purchases component parts including circuit boards, memory chips and 
other electronic modules from third parties. The significant cost fluctuations for these inputs can have an impact on the 
Company’s profitability. The Company generally has the ability, due to its size and the use of long-term contracts with both 
suppliers and customers, to mitigate volatility in purchased costs and, where necessary, to pass these on to the market 
in higher product prices. However, Innovia and parts of the CCL Segment can experience delays in price adjustments 
up or down to customers due to the nature of its respective relationships and contracts. Innovia’s pricing mechanisms 
are more complex, involving multiple indices for polypropylene used by customers and suppliers and differing terms in 
contracts when trigger points are arrived at for price changes. Significant progress on renegotiating customer contracts 
to mitigate the impact of volatile input costs was made in 2019 through 2021. The success of the Company is dependent 
on each business managing the cost-and-price equation with suppliers and customers. 

A driver across the Company for maximizing operating profitability is the discipline of pricing contracts based on size 
and complexity, including consideration for fluctuations in raw materials and packaging costs, manufacturing run lengths 
and  available  capacity.  This  approach  facilitates  effective  asset  utilization  and  relatively  higher  levels  of  profitability. 
Performance is generally measured by product against estimates used to calculate pricing, including targets for scrap 
and output efficiency. An analysis of total utilization versus capacity available per production line or facility is also used 
to manage certain divisions of the business. In most of the Company’s operations, the measurement of each sales order 
shipped is based on actual selling prices and production costs to calculate the amount of actual profit margin earned 
and its return on sales relative to the established benchmarks. This process ensures that pricing policies and production 
performance are aligned in attaining profit margin targets by order, by plant and by division.

Management believes it has both the financial and non-financial resources, internal controls and reporting systems and 
processes in place to execute its strategic plan, to manage its key performance drivers and to deliver targeted financial 
results over time. In addition, the Company’s internal audit function provides another discipline to ensure that its disclosure 
controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting will be assessed on a regular basis against current 
corporate standards of effectiveness and compliance.

18

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2021    ANNUAL REPORTThe Company is not particularly dependent upon specialized manufacturing equipment. Most of the technology employed 
by the divisions can be sourced from multiple suppliers. The Company, however, has the resources to invest in large-scale 
projects to build infrastructure in current and new markets because of its financial strength relative to that of many of its 
competitors. Direct competitors in parts of the CCL Segment are often smaller and may not have the financial resources 
to stay current in maintaining state-of-the-art facilities. Certain new manufacturing lines take many months for suppliers to 
construct, and any delays in delivery and commissioning can have an impact on customer expectations and the Company’s 
profitability. Innovia, in addition to its unique method for producing BOPP films for label and packaging applications, also 
provides the Company with the know-how and material science capability to develop proprietary substrates. Finally, the 
Company also uses strategic partnerships as a method of obtaining exclusive technology in order to support growth 
plans and to expand its product offerings. The Company’s major competitive advantage is based on its strong customer 
service, process technology, the know-how of its people, market-leading brand awareness and loyalty, and the ability to 
develop proprietary technologies and manufacturing techniques. During 2021, the Company commenced construction 
of the previously announced $35.0 million new capacity investment for its proprietary “Ecofloat” shrink films. This hybrid 
polyolefin  film  facilitates  easy  separation  from  primary  bottle  packaging  to  aid  customers’  bottle-to-bottle  circular 
recycling initiatives globally. Commercial production is scheduled to commence in the second quarter of 2022.

The expertise of the Company’s employees is a key element in achieving the Company’s business plans. This know-how 
is broadly distributed throughout the world; therefore, the Company is generally not at risk of losing its competency 
through the loss of any particular employee or group of employees. Employee skills develop through on-the-job training 
and external technical education, enhanced by the Company’s entrepreneurial culture of considering creative alternative 
applications and processes for its products. 

The nature of the research carried out by the CCL Segment can be characterized as application or process development. 
The  Company  spends  meaningful  resources  on  assisting  customers  to  develop  new  and  innovative  products.  While 
customers regularly come to CCL with concepts and request assistance to develop products, the Company also takes its 
own new ideas to the market. Proprietary information is protected by confidentiality agreements and by limiting access 
to CCL’s manufacturing facilities. The Company values the importance of protecting its customers’ brands and products 
from fraudulent use and, consequently, is selective in choosing appropriate customer and supplier relationships.

Avery has a strong commitment to understanding its ultimate end users, actively seeking product feedback and using 
consumer  focus  groups  to  drive  product  development  initiatives.  Furthermore,  it  leverages  the  wider  Company’s 
technology to deliver product innovation that aligns with consumer printable media trends. Avery has also invested in 
many direct-to-consumer businesses globally and encourages the cross-pollination of unique products and best practices.

Checkpoint has always been an innovator in its industry, with a strong dedication to research and development activities. 
It was the pioneer of RF electronic-article-surveillance hardware and consumables. Checkpoint has made further advances 
with the active enhancement and deployment of RFID solutions, including inventory management software, to the retail 
and apparel industries.

Innovia maintains a world-class research and development centre specifically dedicated to the support of films for label, 
security and packaging applications. The new discoveries and product enhancements generated from this centre are 
deployed globally, sometimes benefitting downstream businesses such as CCL Secure and CCL Label. 

The Company continues to invest time and capital to upgrade and expand its information technology systems and security. 
This investment is critical to keeping pace with customer requirements and in gaining or maintaining a competitive edge. 
Software packages are, in general, off-the-shelf systems customized to meet the needs of individual business locations. 
The  CCL  Segment,  Avery,  Checkpoint  and  Innovia  communicate  with  many  customers  and  suppliers  electronically, 
particularly with regard to supply-chain-management solutions and when transferring and confirming design formats 
and colours. A core attribute of Avery’s printable media products is the customized software to enable short-run digital 
printing in businesses and homes. Avery recognizes that it is critical to develop its software solutions to maintain its 
market-leading position with consumers. Avery launched WePrint™, expanding its direct-to-consumer software solutions, 
and acquired the e-commerce platforms of 16 companies over the past eight years, to leverage acquired digital printing 
software into the pre-existing Avery suite.

Avery  products  are  most  often  sold  under  the  market-leading  Avery  brand  and,  with  equal  prominence  in  German-
speaking countries, the Zweckform brand name. Within the Checkpoint Segment, products are predominantly sold under 
the Checkpoint brand and, for retail merchandising products in Europe and Asia Pacific, the Meto brand. The Company 
recognizes  that  in  order  to  maintain  the  pre-eminent  positions  for  Avery,  Zweckform,  Checkpoint  and  Meto,  it  must 
continually invest in promoting these brands. Product quality, innovation and performance are recognized attributes for 
the success of these brands. 

19

2021    ANNUAL REPORTThe Company deploys many initiatives to reduce the carbon footprint of its products and services to ensure the business is 
sustainable. A few of the notable items in 2021 that advanced the Company’s sustainability and environmental goals: CCL 
Label won the prestigious German Packaging Award for EcoStretchTM, which delivers a practical concept for a closed-loop 
recycling solution that turns used stretch sleeves into pellets that then feed back into the manufacturing process. Avery’s 
site in Italy has partnered with Treedom to promote the process of reforestation of the planet and the local economies of 
certain countries by committing to plant trees on behalf of consumers that use the Company’s labels. Innovia has launched 
a new family of highly functional recyclable BOPP films named Encore, which are manufactured from renewable, non-food 
based raw materials and help to reduce the use of fossil-based virgin raw materials. CCL Label was honored at the Korea 
Star Awards 2021 for its innovative, patented multipack label solution, which reduces material usage by up to 85%, while 
also delivering improved recycling and cost savings.

Business Segment Results

Segment sales
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
Innovia 

Total sales  

Operating income*
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
Innovia 

Operating income 

2021 

2020

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,498.2 
708.9 
772.5 
753.2 

5,732.8 

545.8 
148.8 
115.5 
81.2 

891.3 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,357.6
634.2
635.5
615.0

5,242.3

552.8
113.3
80.3
77.1

823.5

* This is a non-IFRS measure. Refer to “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A.

Comments on Business Segments 

The above summary includes the results of acquisitions on reported sales and operating income from the date of acquisition.

B)  CCL Segment

Overview 

There  are  five  customer  sectors  inside  the  CCL  Segment.  The  Company  trades  in  three  of  them  as  CCL  Label  (with 
Label substituted as relevant for Tube and Container product lines) and one each as CCL Design and CCL Secure. The 
differentiated CCL sub-branding points to the nature of the application for the final product. The sectors have many 
common or overlapping customers, process technologies, information technology systems, raw material suppliers and 
operational infrastructures. CCL Label supplies innovative specialized label, plastic tube, aluminum aerosol and specialty 
bottle solutions to Home & Personal Care and Food & Beverage companies. It also supplies regulated and complex multi-
layer labels and specialty folded cartons for major pharmaceutical, consumer medicine, medical instrument and industrial 
or consumer chemical customers referred to as the Healthcare & Specialty business. CCL Design supplies long-life, high-
performance labels and other products to automotive, electronics and durable goods companies. CCL Secure supplies 
polymer banknote substrate, pressure sensitive stamps, passport components, ID cards and other security documents 
to government institutions. 

The Segment’s product lines include pressure sensitive labels, shrink sleeves, stretch sleeves, in-mould labels, precision 
printed and die cut metal, glass and plastic components, expanded content labels, pharmaceutical instructional leaflets, 
specialty folded cartons, graphic security features, extruded or labeled plastic tubes, aluminum aerosols or specialty 
bottles and printed polymer security film substrates. It currently operates 150 production facilities located in Canada, the 
United States (including Puerto Rico), Argentina, Australia, Austria, Brazil, Chile, China, Denmark, Egypt, France, Germany, 
Hungary, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Korea, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Oman, Pakistan, Philippines, Poland, 
Russia, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, South Africa, Switzerland, Thailand, Turkey, United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom 
and Vietnam. The five plants in Russia and five plants in the Middle East are connected to the equity investments in CCL-
Kontur and Pacman-CCL, respectively, and are included in the above locations.

20

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This Segment’s industry is made up of a very large number of competitors that manufacture a vast array of decorative, 
product information, identification and security label-type applications. The Company believes that CCL is one of the 
largest consolidated operators in most of its defined global market sectors. Competition often comes from single-plant 
businesses, invariably owned by private operators who compete with the Segment in local markets. There are also a few 
multi-plant competitors in certain regions of the world and specialists in a single market segment globally. However, there 
are few major competitors with the product breadth, global reach and scale of the CCL Segment. 

The Company has completed numerous label business acquisitions, strategic joint ventures and greenfield start-ups 
geographically and added new product offerings to position CCL Label as a global leader in the Home & Personal Care, 
Food & Beverage and Healthcare & Specialty end markets. CCL Design is an equally significant financial and geographic 
market for the CCL Segment, principally focused on the automotive and electronics markets. The high-security, specialized 
polymer banknote operations form an integral part of CCL Secure. 

CCL produces labels predominantly from polyolefin films and paper partly sourced from extruding, coating and laminating 
companies, using raw materials primarily from the petrochemical and paper industries. CCL also coats and laminates 
pressure sensitive materials in house and is generally able to mitigate the cost volatility of third-party-sourced materials 
due to a combination of purchasing leverage, agreements with suppliers and its ability to pass on these cost increases to 
customers. In the label industry, price changes regularly occur as specifications are constantly changed by the marketers 
and, as a result, the selling price of these labels are updated, reflecting current market costs and new shapes and designs. 

CCL’s global customers expect a full range of product offerings in more geographic regions, further integration into their 
supply chain at a global level and protection of their brands, particularly in markets where counterfeiting is rife. These 
requirements put many of the Segment’s competitors at a disadvantage, as do the investment hurdles in converting 
equipment and technologies to deliver products, services and innovations. Having trusted and reliable suppliers is an 
important consideration for global consumer product companies, major pharmaceutical companies, OEMs in the durable 
goods business and, of course, Central Banks. This is even more important in an uncertain economic environment when 
many smaller competitors may encounter difficulties and customers want to ensure their suppliers are financially viable.

CCL considers customers’ demand levels, particularly in North America and Western Europe, to be reasonably mature 
and, as such, will continue to focus its expansion plans on innovative and higher growth and value-added product lines 
within those geographies, with a view to improving overall profitability. In Asia, Latin America and other emerging markets, 
a higher level of economic growth is still expected over the coming years, despite the slower conditions experienced in 
the past few years. This should provide opportunities for the Segment to improve market share and increase profitability 
in these regions. Furthermore, there is close alignment of label demand to consumer staples, with the exception of CCL 
Design and CCL Secure, which are completely aligned to the automotive and electronics industries, as well as government 
institutions and Central Banks, respectively. Management believes the Segment will attain the sales volumes, geographic 
distribution  and  reach  mirroring  those  of  its  customers  over  the  next  few  years  through  its  focused  strategy  and  by 
capitalizing on following customer trends. 

CCL Segment Financial Performance

Sales 
Operating income 
Return on sales 

2021 

  % Growth 

$ 
$ 

3,498.2 
545.8 
15.6% 

$ 
4.2% 
(1.3%)  $ 

2020

3,357.6
552.8
16.5%

Sales in the CCL Segment for 2021 increased 4.2% to $3,498.2 million, compared to $3,357.6 million in 2020, driven by 
organic growth of 6.9% and 1.7% from acquisition-related growth, partially offset by 4.4% negative impact from foreign 
currency translation.

Sales in 2021 for North America were up high single digit excluding the impact of currency translation and acquisitions, 
compared to 2020. Home & Personal Care sales and profitability increased on better demand for tubes, aerosols and 
specialty bottles for travel size, beauty, cosmetic and skin care products, with labels only modestly up organically as 
cleansing and sanitizing-related demand fell dramatically. Healthcare & Specialty sales declined modestly with profitability 
up in Ag Chem but down in Healthcare as pandemic related demand waned. Food & Beverage posted improved results 
in both sleeves and pressure sensitive labels driven by higher “on-premise” demand for customers. CCL Design sales and 
profitability increased modestly as automotive demand improved very significantly over an extremely weak prior year in 
the first half; however rising semiconductor supply chain challenges as 2021 unfolded reduced the gains in automotive 
and electronic markets for the year. Overall, profitability and return on sales improved despite rising inflationary impacts. 

21

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
European sales were up low single digit for 2021, excluding currency translation and acquisitions compared to 2020. 
Home & Personal Care sales declined slightly but profitability improved on strong results in the U.K. and Poland. Healthcare 
& Specialty sales increased on gains in Healthcare, however, share loss in Ag Chem markets and operational challenges 
in the Nordic region reduced profitability. Food & Beverage results were mixed with gains in pressure sensitive labels 
as “on-premise” demand partly returned. Share loss related declines in sleeves in the U.K. were partly offset by foreign 
exchange devaluation benefits in Turkey while significant raw materials inflation impacted everywhere. CCL Design sales 
and profitability increased in comparatively stronger automotive and industrial markets, offsetting softer mix in electronics 
markets. CCL Secure results reduced very significantly as 2020 included unexpected high margin pandemic-related 
demand for banknotes. European overall profitability and return on sales declined.

Sales in Latin America, excluding currency translation, increased double digit for 2021 compared to 2020. Sales and 
profitability improved in Mexico in all business lines bar CCL Secure, compared to a very strong prior year aided by 
new currency launches. In Brazil, sales improved significantly with gains across all product categories (especially Food 
& Beverage) outpacing profitability improvement due to mix changes and devaluation compounded inflation. Foreign 
currency translation drove a decline in operating income for 2021 compared to 2020 in Brazil while Argentina and Chile 
posted improved results. Excluding the impact of currency translation, overall operating income for the region improved 
but return on sales fell compared to 2020.

Asia Pacific 2021 sales, excluding acquisitions and currency translation were up double digit compared to 2020. Sales 
growth in China was particularly strong, driven by CCL Design on new business wins, with profitability held by start-up 
costs, softer mix and the absence of government assistance programs that benefitted 2020. Sales and profitability across 
ASEAN markets declined compared to the prior year period, as all countries remain challenged by some of the toughest 
CV19 restrictions in the world, most notably in Vietnam. In Australia, sales and profitability increased on strong results for 
CCL Secure and improved results for Healthcare and Wine label operations. The new Beverage plant in South Africa posted 
significantly improved results in its first full year of operation. For the Asia Pacific region, operating income declined 
slightly and return on sales fell.

Operating  income  for  the  CCL  Segment  declined  by  1.3%  to  $545.8  million  for  2021  compared  to  $552.8  million  for 
2020, principally due to the decline in CCL Secure results as the prior year included an unexpected surge in high margin 
pandemic-related demand for banknotes. Foreign currency translation also had a negative effect of 4.6% on 2021 operating 
income compared to 2020. Operating income as a percentage of sales decreased to 15.6% in 2021 compared to the 16.5% 
return generated in the prior year, due to the mix effect of high banknote demand in 2020 and the impact of inflation, 
especially in the second half of 2021.

The CCL Segment invested $230.6 million in capital spending in 2021 compared to $197.8 million last year. The major 
expenditures were for equipment installations and new plants to support capacity additions globally. Depreciation and 
amortization, excluding amortization on right-of-use assets, for the CCL Segment was $205.3 million in 2021, compared 
to $209.3 million in 2020.

C)  Avery

Avery is one of the world’s largest supplier of labels, specialty converted media and software solutions to enable short-run 
digital printing in businesses and homes alongside complementary office products sold through distributors and mass-
market retailers. The products are split into three primary lines: (1) Printable Media: including address labels, shipping 
labels, marketing and product identification labels, business cards, and name badges supported by customized software 
solutions; (2) Organizational Products Group (“OPG”): including binders, sheet protectors, indexes, dividers and writing 
instruments; and (3) Direct-to-Consumer: digitally imaged labels, business cards, name badges, event badges, key cards, 
wristbands, planners & journals and family-oriented identification labels supported by unique web-enabled e-commerce 
URLs. Products in the Printable Media and Direct-to-Consumer categories are predominantly used by businesses and 
individual consumers consistently throughout the year; however, in the OPG category, North American demand typically 
surges for the back-to-school season during the third quarter. 

Avery  operates  23  manufacturing  and  three  distribution  facilities.  Sales  for  Avery  are  principally  generated  in  North 
America, Europe and Australia, with a market-leading position. There is a small presence in Latin America. Most products 
are sold under the market-leading Avery brand and, with equal prominence in German-speaking countries, under the 
Zweckform brand name that is better known by consumers in that part of Europe, as well as the direct-to-consumer brands:

•  pc/nametag  
•  Easy2Name  
•  InTouch 

•  Mabel’s Labels 
•  Colle à Moi  
•  Plum Paper 

•  goedgemerkt  
•  Stuck on You  
•  MasterTag 

•  badgepoint  
•  IDentilam  
•  RFID Hotel 

•  Imprint Plus  
•  I.D.&C.  

22

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
Avery reaches some of its consumers and end users at small businesses through distribution channels including mass-
market merchandisers, office superstores, wholesalers, contract stationers, mail order and e-commerce retailers. Merger 
activity and store closures in some of these distribution channels can lead to short-term volume declines as customer 
inventory  positions  are  consolidated.  Avery  is  the  leading  brand  in  its  core  markets,  with  the  principal  competition 
being lower-priced private  label products.  Secular decline  in  the  OPG  category  and  core  mailing  address labels  has 
been partly offset by innovations such as shipping and product identification labels and Avery’s proprietary direct-to-
consumer e-commerce label design software platform WePrint™. Furthermore, starting in 2014 with Nilles, and with 16 
more acquisitions since, Avery expanded its digital printing franchises to custom roll labels, the digital graphic arts sector, 
the meetings and events planning industry, personalized identification labels for children and families, event badges and 
wristbands, personalized planners and journals, RFID enabled keycards and wristbands and horticultural labels and tags. 
Some of these e-commerce platforms expanded rapidly during the pandemic while others, such as event and corporate 
identity name badges weakened, and some very significantly. Future growth rates in all these new businesses are expected 
to outpace Avery’s legacy product lines. It is also the Company’s expectation that Avery will continue to open up new 
revenue streams in short-run digital printing applications.

Avery Financial Performance

Sales 
Operating income  
Return on sales 

2021 

  % Growth 

$ 
$ 

708.9 
148.8 
21.0% 

11.8% 
31.3% 

$ 
$ 

 2020

634.2
113.3
17.9%

Avery sales for 2021 were $708.9 million an 11.8% improvement compared to the $634.2 million posted in 2020, surpassing 
2019 performance in constant currency. The increase was due to 14.7% organic growth, 1.8% acquisition-related growth, 
partially offset by a 4.7% negative impact of foreign currency translation compared to 2020.

North American sales increased double digits for 2021, excluding currency translation and acquisitions, compared to 
2020. Sales and profitability in Printable Media, OPG and “Kids’ labels” product lines rebounded including a significantly 
stronger back-to-school season compared to the pandemic chaos of 2020. Sales and profitability for Direct-to-Consumer 
name, event badge and wristband categories improved dramatically as sports and entertainment events trended toward 
2019 levels, but conventions, meetings and conferences although improved, still lagged pre-pandemic levels, in some 
cases significantly. “WePrint™” and other online label categories as well as the newly acquired Plum platform posted 
strong results for 2021. Overall profitability increased substantially and return on sales improved despite the substantial 
raw material and freight inflation combined with supply availability challenges.

International sales, largely generated from products in the Printable Media and Direct-to-Consumer categories, represent 
approximately 30% of the Avery Segment for 2021. Sales, excluding acquisitions and currency translation, were up double 
digit in Europe with significant organic growth across all the direct-to-consumer categories. Legacy Printable Media 
operations posted significantly improved results compared to 2020. Results bounced back in the smaller Asia Pacific and 
Latin American business units as pandemic-related consumer restrictions partly abated in 2021. 

Operating income increased 31.3% to $148.8 million for 2021 compared to $113.3 million in 2020. Return on sales of 21.0% 
for 2021 improved compared to 17.9% for 2020, largely due to a partial reversal of the pandemic’s adverse 2020 impact 
on direct-to-consumer name badging operations globally and a better back-to-school season in North America.

Avery  invested  $14.7  million  in  capital  spending  for  2021,  compared  to  $22.0  million  for  2020.  The  majority  of  the 
expenditures in 2021 were for capacity additions in the direct-to-consumer operations in North America and Europe. 
Depreciation and amortization, excluding amortization on right-of-use assets, was $19.0 million for 2021 compared to 
$19.3 million for 2020. 

D)  Checkpoint 

Overview

Checkpoint is a leading manufacturer of technology-driven loss-prevention, inventory-management and labeling solutions, 
including RF and RFID solutions, to the retail and apparel industry globally. There are three primary product lines: MAS, ALS 
and Meto. The MAS line focuses on electronic-article-surveillance (“EAS”) systems, including hardware, software, labels 
and tags for loss prevention and inventory control systems including RFID solutions. ALS products are apparel labels and 
tags, some of which are RFID capable. Meto is a small separately branded Europe-centric product line, including hand-held 
pricing tools and labels and promotional in-store displays. All MAS and ALS products are sold under the Checkpoint brand.

23

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Checkpoint  is  supported  by  24  manufacturing  facilities,  eight  distribution  facilities  and  three  product  and  software 
development  centres  globally.  Checkpoint  is  headquartered  in  the  United  States  but  uses  its  worldwide  footprint  to 
generate sales internationally. Checkpoint sells directly to retailers or apparel manufacturers and competes with other 
global retail labeling companies.

Checkpoint’s  market-leading  position,  strong  brand  recognition  and  product  development  pipeline  should  still  drive 
modest growth despite the move to an ‘omni-channel’ retail landscape. Large contracts with retailers for hardware and 
software can create significant quarter-to-quarter and, in some cases, year-to-year revenue volatility. However, Checkpoint’s 
comprehensive solution of hardware and software also creates an important high-margin recurring revenue stream for 
related consumables. The Company is also confident that Checkpoint can capture its share of the fast growing RFID market 
as retailers move increasingly to ‘omni-channel’ distribution from a single inventory position. 

Checkpoint Financial Performance

Sales 
Operating income  
Return on sales 

2021 

  % Growth 

$ 
$ 

772.5 
115.5 
15.0% 

21.6% 
43.8% 

$ 
$ 

 2020

635.5
80.3
12.6%

Checkpoint sales were $772.5 million for 2021, a 21.6% increase compared to $635.5 million for 2020, driven by 23.0% 
organic growth, 3.2% acquisition growth partially offset by a 4.6% negative impact from foreign currency translation. 

Checkpoint experienced a dramatic turnaround in sales and profitability in 2021 posting a record year as CV19-related 
restrictions subsided, compared to the shutdown of all non-essential retail in the first and second quarters of 2020. 
Consequently MAS sales and profitability improved in all regions despite the significant impact of higher freight from 
China  and  inflation  in  key  electronic  components.  ALS  results  exceeded  management’s  highest  expectations  with 
continued rapid growth in RFID volumes, even when compared to the vastly improved results in 2020 over 2019. Currency 
devaluation in Turkey aided profitability. Furthermore, the recent acquisitions of Eti-Textil and Uniter augmented results by 
adding new geographies and customers. The smaller Meto business recorded improved performance for 2021 compared 
to 2020. 

Operating income for 2021 was $115.5 million, an increase of 43.8% compared to $80.3 million in 2020. Return on sales 
improved to 15.0% for 2021, compared to 12.6% for 2020. Return on sales increased due to the much reduced impact of 
the pandemic in 2021 compared to 2020.

Checkpoint  invested  $31.5  million  in  capital  spending  for  2021,  compared  to  $22.0  million  for  2020.  The  majority  of 
expenditures in 2021 were in the Asia Pacific region to enhance capacity in ALS manufacturing facilities. Depreciation and 
amortization, excluding amortization on right-of-use assets, was $31.3 million for 2021, compared to $29.1 million for 2020. 

E) 

Innovia

Innovia  operations  acquired  in  2017,  Treofan  acquired  in  2018,  Flexpol  acquired  in  2020  and  two  small  legacy  film 
manufacturing  facilities  transferred  from  the  CCL  Segment  make  up  this  business.  Innovia’s  global  footprint  for  the 
manufacture of specialty high-performance, multi-layer, surface-engineered BOPP films, includes major facilities located 
in each of Australia, Belgium, Mexico, Poland and the United Kingdom. These films are sold to customers in the pressure 
sensitive materials, flexible packaging and consumer packaged goods industries worldwide, with a small percentage of 
the total volume consumed internally by CCL Secure and CCL Label within the CCL Segment. In addition, two smaller 
legacy facilities, one located in Germany and one in the United States, produce almost their entire output for the CCL 
Segment’s Food & Beverage and Home & Personal Care businesses, respectively. 

Polypropylene resin is the most significant input cost for this Segment, derived from oil or natural gas and manufactured 
globally by a limited number of producers. Polypropylene costs depend on the prices of natural gas, oil and the availability 
of resin cracking capacity. Innovia does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge its exposure to volatility of 
polypropylene prices; therefore, many of its large customer price agreements adjust for movements up and down in resin 
cost. Polypropylene cost increases in North America outpaced rises in Europe throughout 2021, stabilizing during the 
fourth quarter of this year and into 2022.

Film  innovation  remains  a  strategic  focus  for  the  Segment,  investing  resources  in  its  industry-leading  research  and 
development people and laboratory in the United Kingdom. This commitment has resulted in the development of unique 
process technology, highly differentiated specialty BOPP films and innovative surface coating technology, keeping film 
innovation at the forefront for the Segment.

24

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Throughout 2021, Innovia has been constructing the new capacity investment in Poland for its proprietary “Ecofloat” shrink 
films. This hybrid polyolefin film facilitates easy separation from primary bottle packaging to accommodate customers’ 
bottle-to-bottle circular recycling initiatives globally. The project is scheduled to commence commercial production by 
the end of the second quarter in 2022.

Innovia Financial Performance

Sales 
Operating income  
Return on sales 

2021 

  % Growth 

$ 
$ 

753.2 
81.2 
10.8% 

22.5% 
5.3% 

$ 
$ 

 2020

615.0
77.1
12.5%

Innovia sales for 2021 increased 22.5% to $753.2 million, compared to $615.0 million in 2020, attributable to 24.1% organic 
growth and 2.3% acquisition-related growth, partially offset by 3.9% negative impact from foreign currency translation. 
The significant organic gain was predominantly fueled by pass-through pricing mechanics associated with dramatically 
higher resin costs, although additional volume in North America also supported growth.

Operating income improved 5.3% to $81.2 million compared to $77.1 million for 2020. Pass-through pricing mechanisms 
largely recovered higher polypropylene resin cost, especially in North America. Productivity initiatives that began in 2020 
supplemented operating margin in the first half of 2021 were more than eliminated in the back half by substantial inflation 
in energy and freight costs, especially in Europe. Return on sales declined to 10.8% for 2021 compared to 12.5% for 2020. 

Innovia invested $47.0 million in capital spending for 2021 largely for the new European Ecofloat line, compared to $41.0 
million for 2020. Depreciation and amortization, excluding amortization on right-of-use assets, for the Innovia Segment 
was $46.1 million for 2021, compared to $46.2 million for 2020.

F)  Joint Ventures

For the years ended December 31 

Sales (at 100%) 
  CCL Label joint ventures 
  Rheinfelden* 

Earnings (losses) in equity-accounted investments (at 100%) 
  CCL Label joint ventures 
  Rheinfelden 

Earnings in equity-accounted investments (at 50%) 

* primarily sales to CCL Segment

2021 

143.5 
– 

143.5 

22.5 
– 

22.5 

11.2 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2020 

133.2 
3.0 

136.2 

19.5 
(0.5) 

19.0 

9.5 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

+/-

7.7%

n.m.

5.4%

15.4%
n.m.

18.4%

17.9%

Results from the joint ventures in CCL-Kontur, Russia; Pacman-CCL, Middle East and, up until the date of its acquisition 
by the Company on February 14, 2020, Rheinfelden in the U.S. are not proportionately consolidated into a Segment but 
instead accounted for as equity investments. The Company’s share of the joint ventures net income is disclosed in Earnings 
in equity-accounted investments in the consolidated income statement. 

Both Pacman-CCL and CCL-Kontur had a record year as sales and profitability increased significantly on strong product 
mix and market share gains. Earnings in equity-accounted investments amounted to $11.2 million for 2021, compared 
to $9.5 million for 2020. Excluding the impact of foreign currency translation, sales and earnings in equity-accounted 
investments improved 13.8% and 27.3%, respectively.

25

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3 .   F I N A N C I N G   A N D   R I S K   M A N AG E M E N T

A)  Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company’s leverage ratio is as follows:

For the years ended December 31 

Current debt 
Current lease liabilities 
Long-term debt 
Long-term lease liabilities 

Total debt(1) 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Net debt(1) 
Adjusted EBITDA 

Net debt to Adjusted EBITDA(1) 

$ 

$ 
$ 

2021 

15.3 
32.7 
1,691.4 
111.9 

1,851.3 
(602.1) 

1,249.2 
1,173.1 

1.06 

$ 

$ 
$ 

2020

51.8
34.2
1,889.4
119.2

2,094.6
(703.7)

1,390.9
1,123.2

1.24

(1)  Total debt, net debt and net debt to Adjusted EBITDA are non-IFRS measures; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A.

In May 2020, the Company completed a rule 144A 3.05% private note offering due June 2030 in the principal amount of 
US$600.0 million. These notes are unsecured senior obligations. The proceeds of the offering were almost entirely used 
to repay borrowings on the Company’s unsecured syndicated revolving credit facility.

In February 2020, the Company amended both its syndicated credit facilities, extending the maturity of its US$366.0 term 
loan facility from February 2021 to February 2022 and the maturity of its US$1.2 billion revolving credit facility from March 
2023 to February 2025. The term facility was completely repaid during 2021.

The Company’s debt structure at December 31, 2021, was primarily comprised of the 144A 3.05% private notes due June 
2030 in the principal amount of US$600.0 million ($750.5 million), 144A 3.25% private notes due October 2026 in the 
principal amount of US$500.0 million ($627.4 million), the $300.0 million principal amount 3.864% Series 1 Notes due 
April 2028, and borrowings of $9.5 million on the Company’s syndicated revolving credit facility. Outstanding contingent 
letters of credit totaled $3.5 million; accordingly, there was approximately US$1.19 billion of unused availability on the 
revolving credit facility at December 31, 2021. 

The Company’s debt structure at December 31, 2020, was primarily comprised of the 144A 3.05% private notes due June 
2030 in the principal amount of US$600.0 million ($754.8 million), 144A 3.25% private notes due October 2026 in the 
principal amount of US$500.0 million ($630.8 million), the $300.0 million principal amount 3.864% Series 1 Notes due 
April 2028, and the term loan facility of US$161.0 million ($204.8 million). An additional loan facility resident in Australia 
was $50.2 million.

Net debt was $1,249.2 million at December 31, 2021, $141.7 million lower than the net debt of $1,390.9 million at December 
31, 2020. Net debt declined due to net long-term debt repayments, inclusive of lease obligation repayments of $269.5 
million, offset by the impact of foreign currency translation on net debt. 

Net debt to Adjusted EBITDA decreased to 1.06 times as at December 31, 2021, compared to 1.24 times at the end of 2020, 
due to the decrease in net debt and an increase in Adjusted EBITDA. The measure continues to strengthen as the Company 
strategically deploys its free cash flow for business acquisitions and capital expenditures. 

The Company’s overall average finance rate was 2.42% as at December 31, 2021, and 2.29% at December 31, 2020 reflecting 
the impact of the full repayment of the Company’s variable rate term loan facility. 

Interest coverage (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) was 14.6 
times and 11.9 times in 2021 and 2020, respectively, indicative of lower net finance costs and higher operating income.

The Company’s approach to managing liquidity risk is to ensure that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet liabilities 
when they are due. The Company believes its liquidity will be satisfactory for the foreseeable future due to its significant 
cash balances, its expected positive operating cash flow and the availability of its unused revolving credit line. The Company 
anticipates funding all of its future commitments from the above sources but may raise further funds by entering into new 
debt financing arrangements or issuing further equity to satisfy its future additional obligations or investment opportunities. 

26

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B)  Cash Flow 

Summary of Cash Flows 

Cash provided by operating activities 
Cash used for financing activities 
Cash used for investing activities 
Effect of exchange rates on cash 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents – end of year 

2021 

838.7 
(370.0) 
(541.3) 
(29.0) 

(101.6) 

602.1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2020

882.9
(461.3)
(428.0)
6.5

0.1

703.7

$ 

$ 

$ 

In 2021, cash provided by operating activities was $838.7 million, compared to $882.9 million in 2020. Free cash flow 
from operations (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) was $531.8 
million for 2021, compared to $616.3 million in the prior year. Driving the change in these metrics for 2021 were increased 
earnings offset by days working capital employed, increased income taxes paid and, for the latter metric, increased net 
capital expenditures compared to 2020.

The Company maintains a rigorous focus on its investment in non-cash working capital. Days of working capital employed 
(a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) was 29 days and 23 days at 
December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively. The days working capital employed increased as the Company 
was impacted by significant inflationary pressure in the fourth quarter captured in inventory and accounts receivable not 
offset by a corresponding increase in accounts payable relative to the fourth quarter sales growth. 

Cash used for financing activities in 2021 was $370.0 million, consisting of net principal repayments of long-term debt and 
lease obligations of $269.5 million and dividend payments of $151.0 million, partly offset by proceeds from the issuance 
of shares of $50.5 million due to the exercise of stock options. 

Cash used for investing activities in 2021 of $541.3 million was primarily for acquisitions that totaled $234.4 million and 
net capital expenditures of $306.9 million. 

After the above noted items and the $29.0 million negative effect of foreign currency rates, cash and cash equivalents 
decreased by $101.6 million in 2021 to $602.1 million.

Capital spending in 2021 amounted to $323.8 million and proceeds from capital dispositions were $16.9 million, resulting in 
net capital expenditures of $306.9 million, compared to $266.6 million in 2020. Management increased capital expenditures 
in 2021 after preserving capital in 2020 with the uncertain impact of the global CV19 pandemic. Depreciation and amortization 
in 2021 amounted to $302.8 million, compared to $305.0 million in 2020, excluding right-of-use asset amortization.

The Company is continuing to seek investment opportunities to expand its business geographically, add capacity in its 
facilities and improve its competitiveness. As in previous years, capital spending will be monitored closely and adjusted 
based on the level of cash flow generated.

27

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C) 

Interest Rate, Foreign Exchange Management and Other Hedges

The  Company  periodically  uses  derivative  financial  instruments  to  hedge  interest  and  foreign  exchange  rates.  The 
Company does not utilize derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

As the Company operates internationally with slightly over 2.0% of its 2021 sales to end-use customers denominated in 
Canadian dollars, it has significant market risk exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates. Each subsidiary’s sales and 
expenses are primarily denominated in its local currency, minimizing the foreign exchange impact on the operating results. 

The Company also has exposure to market risks related to interest rate fluctuations on its debt. To mitigate this risk, the 
Company maintains a combination of fixed and floating rate debt.

The Company periodically uses interest rate swap agreements to allocate notional debt between fixed and floating rates. 
The Company believes that a balance of fixed and floating rate debt can reduce overall interest expense and is in line with 
its investment in short-term assets such as working capital, and long-term assets such as property, plant and equipment. 
The Company uses cross-currency interest rate swap agreements (“CCIRSA”) as a means to convert U.S. dollar debt into 
euro debt to hedge a portion of its euro-based investment and cash flows.

As  at  December  31,  2021,  the  Company  utilized  CCIRSAs  to  hedge  its  euro-based  assets  and  cash  flows,  effectively 
converting notional US$264.7 million 3.25% fixed rate debt into 1.23% fixed rate euro debt, US$111.5 million 3.25% fixed rate 
debt into 1.16% fixed rate euro debt, US$204.6 million 3.05% fixed rate debt into 2.06% fixed rate euro debt and US$203.9 
million 3.05% fixed rate debt into 2.00% fixed rate euro debt. The effect of the CCIRSAs has been to decrease finance cost 
by $14.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 (2020 - $14.9 million). 

The Company has potential credit risks arising from derivative financial instruments if a counterparty fails to meet its 
obligations. The Company’s counterparties are large international financial institutions and, to date, no such counterparty 
has failed to meet its financial obligations to the Company. As at December 31, 2021, the Company had $16.3 million 
potential exposure to credit risk arising from derivative financial instruments. 

As at December 31, 2021, the Company had just over US$1.1 billion drawn under the 144A private bonds and syndicated 
revolving credit facility, which are hedging a portion of its U.S. dollar-based and euro-based investments and cash flows, 
inclusive of U.S. dollar debt swapped to euros. 

D)  Equity and Dividends

Summary of Changes in Equity

For the years ended December 31 

Net earnings  
Dividends 
Settlement of exercised stock options 
Contributed surplus on expensing of stock options and stock-based compensation plans 
Defined benefit plan actuarial gain (loss), net of tax 
Increase in accumulated other Comprehensive loss 

Increase in equity 

Equity 
Shares issued at December 31 – Class A (000s)  
– Class B (000s) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2021  

599.1 
(151.0) 
61.8 
17.0 
37.1 
(99.2) 

464.8 

3,747.0  
11,822 
 168,362 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2020

529.7
(128.7)
31.3
8.6
(3.5)
(52.9)

384.5

3,282.2
11,836
167,380

In 2021, the Company declared dividends of $151.0 million, compared to $128.7 million declared in the prior year. As 
previously discussed, the dividend payout ratio in 2021 was 25% (2020 – 23%) of adjusted earnings. After careful review 
of the current year results, budgeted cash flow and income for 2022, the Board declared a 14.3% increase in the annual 
dividend: an increase of $0.03 per Class B share per quarter, from $0.21 to $0.24 per Class B share per quarter ($0.96 per 
Class B share annualized).

If cash flow periodically exceeds attractive acquisition opportunities available, the Company may also repurchase its 
shares, provided that the repurchase is accretive to earnings per share and it will not materially increase financial leverage 
beyond targeted levels. The Company did not purchase any of its shares for cancellation in 2021.

28

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
E)  Commitments and Other Contractual Obligations

The Company’s obligations relating to debt, leases and other liabilities at the end of 2021 were as follows:

  December 31, 2020 

 Payments Due by Period

 December 31, 2021

  Carrying  Carrying 
Amount  Amount 

 Contractual 
Cash 
Flows 

0-6 

6-12 
Months  Months 

1-2 
Years 

2-5 
Years 

More 
than 
5 Years

Non-derivative financial liabilities
  Secured bank loans 
  Unsecured bank loans 
  Unsecured 144A 3.25%  

  private notes 

  Unsecured 144A 3.05%  

  private notes 
  Unsecured 3.864%  
  Series 1 Notes 

  Unsecured syndicated  
  bank credit facility 
  Unsecured syndicated  

  bank term credit facility 
  Other long-term obligations 

Interest on unsecured  
  bank credit facilities 
Interest on 144A 3.25%  
  private notes 
Interest on 144A 3.05%  
  private notes 
Interest on unsecured 3.864%  
  Series 1 Notes 
Interest on other  
long-term debt 

  Trade and other payables 
Accrued post-employment  
  benefit liabilities 
Lease liabilities 

Total contractual  
  cash obligations 

$ 

$ 

0.8 
52.1 

4.8 
10.1 

$ 

4.8 
10.1 

$ 

$ 

1.4 
6.8 

$ 

1.4 
0.9 

1.9 
1.0 

$ 

0.1 
1.0 

$ 

630.8 

627.4 

631.8 

754.8 

750.5 

758.2 

298.6 

298.8 

300.0 

(1.9) 

204.8 
1.1 

* 

* 

* 

* 

9.5 

– 
5.6 

* 

* 

* 

* 

11.0 

– 
5.6 

4.8 *   

92.4 *   

192.3 *   

69.9 *   

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
4.8 

0.8 

5.2 

9.7 

3.3 

* 
  1,135.7 

* 
  1,321.5 

0.4 

0.2 
  1,321.5 *    1,321.5 

* 
153.4 

* 
144.6 

206.2 *   
158.3 

2.3 
19.5 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

0.7 

10.2 

11.5 

5.7 

0.1 
– 

2.3 
17.7 

– 

– 

– 

– 

0.3 

1.5 

20.5 

23.1 

11.6 

0.1 
– 

16.0 
27.1 

631.8 

– 

– 

11.0 

– 
0.5 

1.8 

56.5 

69.4 

34.8 

– 
– 

63.1 
47.2 

–
0.4

–

758.2

300.0

–

–
–

–

–

78.6

14.5

–
–

122.5
46.8

$ 3,230.2 

$  3,172.8 

$ 3,767.3 

$  1,375.5 

$ 

50.5 

$   103.1 

$  917.2 

$ 1,321.0

*  Accrued long-term employee benefit and post-employment benefit liability of $13.8 million, accrued interest of $9.6 million on unsecured notes, unsecured 
bonds, unsecured two-year term loan and unsecured syndicated credit facilities, and accrued interest of $2.4 million on derivatives are reported in trade 
and other payables in 2021 (2020: $12.4 million, $9.6 million and $2.5 million, respectively).

Pension Obligations 

The Company sponsors a number of defined benefit plans in countries that give rise to accrued post-employment benefit 
obligations. The accrued benefit obligation for these plans at the end of 2021 was $782.6 million (2020 – $836.5 million) 
and the fair value of the plan assets was $468.7 million (2020 – $454.8 million), for a net deficit of $313.9 million (2020 – 
$381.7 million). Contributions to defined benefit plans during 2021 were $17.3 million (2020 – $16.2 million). The Company 
expects to contribute $50.4 million to pension plans in 2022, inclusive of defined contribution plans. These estimated 
funding requirements will be adjusted annually, based on various market factors such as interest rates, expected returns 
and staffing assumptions, including compensation and mortality. The Company’s contributions are funded through cash 
flows generated from operations. Management anticipates that future cash flows from operations will be sufficient to 
fund expected future contributions. Details of the Company’s pension plans and related obligations are set out in note 
20, “Employee Benefits,” of the Company’s 2021 annual consolidated financial statements.

29

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Obligations and Commitments

The Company has provided various loan guarantees for its joint ventures and associates totaling $21.3 million (2020 – 
$23.3 million). The Company has posted surety bonds through accredited insurance companies globally totaling $39.7 
million (2020 – $57.0 million). The nature of these commitments is described in note 26 and note 27 of the Company’s 
2021 annual consolidated financial statements. There are no defined benefit plans funded with the Company’s stock.

F)  Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that all relevant information is gathered 
and reported to senior management, including the President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Senior Vice 
President and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), on a timely basis so that appropriate decisions can be made regarding 
public disclosure. CCL’s Disclosure Committee reviews all external reports and documents of CCL before publication to 
enhance the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures.

As at December 31, 2021, based on the continued evaluation of the disclosure controls and procedures, the CEO and the 
CFO have concluded that CCL’s disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in National Instrument 52-109, Certificate 
of Disclosure in Issuers Annual and Interim Filings (“NI 52-109”), are effective to ensure that information required to be 
disclosed in reports and documents that CCL files or submits under Canadian securities legislation is recorded, processed, 
summarized and reported within the time periods specified.

Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS. Management is 
responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. NI 52-109 requires CEOs 
and CFOs to certify that they are responsible for establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting for 
the issuer, that internal control has been designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS, that the internal control over financial 
reporting is effective, and that the issuer has disclosed any changes in its internal control during its most recent interim 
period that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect its internal control over financial reporting.

In accordance with the provisions of NI 52-109, management, including the Chief Executive Officer, and the Chief Financial 
Officer, have limited the scope of their design of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal control 
over financial reporting to exclude controls, policies and procedures of IMP, LAS, Laramara, Tecnoblu, and D&F. These 
companies were acquired during the month of December 2021.

The total net assets acquired for these acquisitions was $157.6 million, which are reported in the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements of financial position for the year ended December 31, 2021, and was approximately 4% of consolidated 
net assets and less than 1% of sales.

The scope limitation is primarily based on the time required to assess disclosure controls and procedures and internal 
control over financial reporting in a manner consistent with the Company’s other operations for these acquisitions. The 
assessment on the design effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting 
is on track for completion by the end of the second quarter of 2022 and the assessment of the operating effectiveness 
will be completed by the fourth quarter of 2022.

Except for the preceding changes, based on the evaluation of the design and operating effectiveness of CCL’s internal 
control  over  financial  reporting,  the  CEO  and  the  CFO  concluded  that  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting was effective as at December 31, 2021.

There were no material changes in internal control over financial reporting in the financial year ended December 31, 2021. 

30

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2021    ANNUAL REPORT4 .   R I S KS   A N D   U N C E R TA I N T I E S

The Company is subject to the usual commercial risks and uncertainties from operating as a Canadian public company 
and as a supplier of goods and services to the non-durable consumer packaging and consumer durables industries on a 
global basis. A number of these potential risks and uncertainties that could have a material adverse effect on the business, 
financial condition and results of operations of the Company are, in no particular order, as follows:

Covid-19 Pandemic

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared a global pandemic related to CV19. The impacts on global commerce 
have been and are anticipated to continue to be far-reaching. CV19 has resulted in unprecedented governmental actions 
in  multiple  jurisdictions,  including  the  closure  of  workplaces  determined  to  be  non-essential,  the  imposition  of  new 
health and monitoring requirements and the imposition of restrictions on the international, national and local movement 
of people and some goods. There have been significant disruptions to business operations, supply chains and customer 
activity and demand; service cancellations, reductions and other changes; the imposition of quarantines and curfews; as 
well as considerable general concern and uncertainty. There has been significant stock market volatility and significant 
volatility  in  foreign  exchange  and  commodity  markets.  While  CV19-related  governmental  and  public  health  imposed 
restrictions were partially relaxed in a number of jurisdictions, renewed, and in some instances, heightened restrictions 
have  since  been  imposed  or  are  contemplated  in  multiple  jurisdictions.  While  the  Company’s  operations  have  been 
determined by most jurisdictions to be essential businesses and have continued to operate throughout the pandemic 
with limited disruptions, there can be no assurance that this will continue to be the case throughout the duration of the 
CV19 pandemic or that such plants will operate at pre-pandemic staffing and production levels. CV19 continues to have 
varying impacts by geography and sector on the Company’s employees, suppliers and customers and on the demand for 
the respective products that the Company and its customers produce. While the introduction, beginning in late 2020, of 
vaccines designed to offer protection against CV19 offers the possibility of a reduction in the duration of the pandemic, 
the time needed for widespread availability and distribution of such vaccines, their duration and efficacy against the 
emergence and spread of new strains of CV19, as well as the levels of public participation in inoculation programs, remain 
uncertain. The duration of the pandemic and its impact on the Company’s financial performance and position is an area 
of estimation uncertainty and judgment, which is continuously monitored and reflected in management’s estimates. 

The impacts of the CV19 pandemic that may have an effect on the Company include: a change in short-term and/or long-
term demand and/or pricing for the Company’s products; reductions in production levels; increased costs resulting from 
the Company’s efforts to mitigate the impact of CV19; deterioration of worldwide credit and financial markets that could 
limit the Company’s ability to obtain external financing to fund operations and capital expenditures, and result in a higher 
rate of losses on accounts receivable due to counterparty credit defaults; disruptions to supply chains; impairments and/
or write-downs of assets; restrictions on movement of workforce; reductions in the labour force; the closure of workplaces; 
and adverse impacts on the Company’s information technology systems and internal control systems as a result of the 
need to maintain remote work arrangements. A material adverse effect on the Company’s employees, customers and/or 
suppliers could have a material adverse effect on the Company. 

Significant uncertainty remains with respect to the future impact of CV19 on the Company’s businesses. As a result, 
the Company’s expected financial results for 2022 and beyond may be negatively impacted by continued CV19-related 
disruptions. The Company cannot currently estimate the severity of any such impact, which may be material. The overall 
severity and duration of CV19-related adverse impacts on the Company’s businesses will depend on future developments 
that cannot currently be predicted, including directives of governmental and public health authorities, the extent and 
duration  of  governmental  assistance  for  individuals  and  businesses  adversely  affected  by  CV19,  the  effectiveness  of 
inoculation programs, the extent to which suppliers and customers are impacted by renewed operating restrictions and 
closures and the speed at which they are able to return to normalized production levels, the level of consumer demand, 
the status of labour availability and the ability to staff the Company’s operations and facilities. Even after CV19 outbreaks 
have subsided, the Company may continue to experience material adverse impacts to its businesses as a result of CV19’s 
global economic impact, including any related recession.

31

2021    ANNUAL REPORTRaw Materials Component Parts and Inflation

Although the Company is a large customer to certain key suppliers, it is also an inconsequential buyer of some materials. 
The ability to grow earnings will be affected by inflationary and other increases in the cost of electronic sub-assemblies 
and raw materials, aluminum ingot, slugs and foils, resins, extruded films, pressure sensitive laminates, paper, binder rings 
and plastic components. Inflationary and other increases in the costs of raw materials, labour and energy have occurred 
in the past and are expected to reoccur, and the Company’s performance depends in part on its ability to pass these 
cost increases on to customers in the price of its products and to effect improvements in productivity. The Company 
may not be able to fully offset the effects of raw material costs and other sourced components through price increases, 
productivity improvements or cost-reduction programs. If the Company cannot obtain sufficient quantities of these items 
at competitive prices, of appropriate quality and on a timely basis, it may not be able to produce sufficient quantities 
of product to satisfy market demand, product shipments may be delayed, or its material or manufacturing costs may 
increase. Innovia is sensitive to price movements in polypropylene resin used in its BOPP films for label, packaging and 
security applications. Polypropylene is the most significant input cost and is traded in the market, with prices linked to 
the market price of natural gas and refining capacity. Price movements must be managed and, where necessary, passed 
along to the Segment’s customers. Failure to pass along higher costs in a timely and effective manner to its customers 
could have a material adverse effect on the Innovia Segment’s business and profitability. Checkpoint’s supply chain relies 
significantly on components sourced from factories in Asia; therefore, supply disruption and tariff changes could adversely 
affect sales and profitability. Avery’s U.S. supply chain relies almost completely on its plant in Tijuana, Mexico; supply 
disruption, changes to border controls or the failure to implement the provisions of the United States-Mexico-Canada 
Agreement on trade could adversely affect sales and profitability. Overall, any of these problems could result in the loss of 
customers and revenue, provide an opportunity for competing products to gain market acceptance and have a material 
adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Potential Risks Relating to Significant Operations in Foreign Countries

The Company operates plants in North America, Europe, Latin America, Africa, Asia, Australia and the Middle East. Sales 
to customers located outside of Canada in 2021 were approximately 98% of the Company’s total sales, a level similar to 
that in 2020. Non-Canadian operating results are translated into Canadian dollars at the average exchange rate for the 
period covered. The Company has significant operating bases in both the United States and Europe. In 2021, 39% and 
32% of total sales were to customers in the United States and Europe, respectively. The Company’s operating results 
and cash flows could be negatively impacted by slower or declining growth rates in these key markets. The sales from 
business units in Latin America, Asia, South Africa and Australia in 2021 were 27% of the Company’s total sales. In addition, 
the Company has equity accounted investments in Russia and the Middle East. There are risks associated with operating 
a decentralized organization in 204 manufacturing facilities in 43 countries around the world with a variety of different 
cultures and values. Operations outside of Canada, the United States and Europe are perceived generally to have greater 
political and economic risks and include the Company’s operations in Latin America, parts of Asia, Russia and the Middle 
East. These risks include, but are not limited to, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, inflation, changes in foreign law 
and regulations, government nationalization of certain industries, currency controls, potential adverse tax consequences 
and  locally  accepted  business  practices  and  standards  that  may  not  be  similar  to  accepted  business  practices  and 
standards in North America and Europe. Although the Company has controls and procedures intended to mitigate these 
risks, these risks cannot be entirely eliminated and may have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial results 
of the Company. 

Competitive Environment

The Company faces competition from other suppliers in all the markets in which it operates. There can be no assurance 
that the Company will be able to compete successfully against its current or future competitors or that such competition 
will not have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. This 
competitive environment may preclude the Company from passing on higher material, labour and energy costs to its 
customers. Any significant increase in in-house manufacturing by customers of the Company could adversely affect the 
business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. In addition, the Company’s consolidated financial 
results may be negatively impacted by competitors developing new products or processes that are of superior quality to 
those of the Company or that fit the Company’s customers’ needs better, or have lower costs; or by consolidation within 
the Company’s competitors or by further pricing pressure being placed on the industry by the large retail chains.

32

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2021    ANNUAL REPORTForeign Exchange Exposure and Hedging Activities

Sales of the Company’s products to customers outside Canada account for approximately 98% of the revenue of the 
Company. Because the prices for such products are quoted in foreign currencies, any increase in the value of the Canadian 
dollar relative to such currencies, in particular the U.S. dollar and the euro, reduces the amount of Canadian dollar revenues 
and operating income reported by the Company in its consolidated financial statements. The Company also buys inputs 
for its products in world markets in several currencies. Exchange rate fluctuations are beyond the Company’s control and 
there can be no assurance that such fluctuations will not have a material adverse effect on the reported results of the 
Company. The use of derivatives to provide hedges of certain exposures, such as interest rate swaps, forward foreign 
exchange contracts and aluminum futures contracts, could impact negatively on the Company’s operations.

Retention of Key Personnel and Experienced Workforce 

Management believes that an important competitive advantage of the Company has been, and will continue to be, the 
know-how and expertise possessed by its personnel at all levels of the Company. While the machinery and equipment used 
by the Company are generally available to competitors of the Company, the experience and training of the Company’s 
workforce allows the Company to obtain a level of efficiency and a level of flexibility that management believes to be high 
relative to levels in the industries in which it competes. To date, the Company has been successful in recruiting, training 
and retaining its personnel over the long term, and while management believes that the know-how of the Company is 
widely distributed throughout the Company, the loss of the services of certain of its experienced personnel could have a 
material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

The operations of the Company are dependent on the abilities, experience and efforts of its senior management team. 
To date, the Company has been successful in recruiting and retaining competent senior management. Loss of certain 
members of the executive team of the Company could have a disruptive effect on the implementation of the Company’s 
business strategy and the efficient running of day-to-day operations. This could have a material adverse effect on the 
business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Acquired Businesses

As part of its growth strategy, the Company continues to pursue acquisition opportunities where such transactions are 
economically and strategically justified. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to identify 
attractive acquisition opportunities in the future or have the required resources to complete desired acquisitions, or that 
it will succeed in effectively managing the integration of acquired businesses. The failure to implement the acquisition 
strategy,  to  successfully  integrate  acquired  businesses  or  joint  ventures  into  the  Company’s  structure,  or  to  control 
operating performance and achieve synergies may have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and 
results of operations of the Company. 

In addition, there may be liabilities that the Company has failed or was unable to discover in its due diligence prior to the 
consummation of the acquisition. In particular, to the extent that prior owners of acquired businesses failed to comply 
with or otherwise violated applicable laws, including environmental laws, the Company, as a successor owner, may be 
financially responsible for these violations. A discovery of any material liabilities could have a material adverse effect on 
the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

Long-Term Growth Strategy

The  Company  has  experienced  significant  and  steady  growth  over  the  last  decade.  The  Company’s  organic  growth 
initiatives coupled with its international acquisitions over the last number of years can place a strain on a number of 
aspects of its operating platform including human infrastructure, operational capacity and information systems. The 
Company’s ability to continually adapt and augment all aspects of its operational platform is critical to realizing its long-
term growth strategy. Another key aspect to the Company’s growth strategy includes increased development of the 
Company’s presence in emerging markets that could create exposure to unstable political conditions, economic volatility 
and social challenges. If the Company cannot adjust to its anticipated growth, results of operations may be materially 
adversely affected.

Lower than Anticipated Demand 

Although Checkpoint enjoys the advantage of significantly lower customer concentration than the rest of the Company, 
it remains heavily dependent on the retail marketplace. Changes in the economic environment including the liquidity and 
financial condition of its customers, the impact of online customer spending or reductions in retailer spending and new 
store openings could adversely affect sales. A reduction in the commitment for chain-wide installations due to decreased 
consumer spending that results in reduced demand for loss prevention by retail customers or failure to develop new 
technology that entices the customer to maintain its commitment to Checkpoint’s loss prevention products and services 
may also have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

33

2021    ANNUAL REPORTExposure to Income Tax Reassessments

The Company operates in many countries throughout the world. Each country has its own income tax regulations and 
many of these countries have additional income and other taxes applied at state, provincial and local levels. The Company’s 
international investments are complex and subject to interpretation in each jurisdiction from a legal and tax perspective. 
The Company’s tax filings are subject to audit by local authorities, and the Company’s positions in these tax filings may 
be challenged. The Company may not be successful in defending these positions and could be involved in lengthy and 
costly litigation during this process and could be subject to additional income taxes, interest and penalties. This outcome 
could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Realization of Deferred Tax Assets 

The Company needs to generate sufficient taxable income in future periods in certain foreign and domestic tax jurisdictions 
to realize the tax benefit. If there is a significant change in the time period within which the underlying temporary difference 
or loss carry-forwards become taxable or deductible, the Company may have to revise its unrecognized deferred tax 
assets. This could result in an increase in the effective tax rate and could have a material adverse effect on future results. 
Changes in statutory tax rate may change the deferred tax asset or liability, with either a positive or a negative impact on 
the effective tax rate. The computation and assessment of the ability to realize the deferred tax asset balance is complex 
and requires significant judgment. New legislation or a change in underlying assumptions may have a material adverse 
effect on the business, financial condition and results of the Company.

Fluctuations in Operating Results

While the Company’s operating results over the past several years have indicated a general upward trend in sales and net 
earnings, operating results within particular product forms, within particular facilities of the Company and within particular 
geographic markets have undergone fluctuations in the past and, in management’s view, are likely to do so in the future. 
Operating results may fluctuate in the future as a result of many factors in addition to the global economic conditions, 
and these factors include the volume of orders received relative to the manufacturing capacity of the Company, the level 
of price competition (from competing suppliers both in domestic and in other lower-cost jurisdictions), variations in the 
level and timing of orders, the cost of raw materials and energy, the ability to develop innovative solutions and the mix of 
revenue derived in each of the Company’s businesses. Operating results may also be impacted by the inability to achieve 
planned volumes through normal growth and successful renegotiation of current contracts with customers and by the 
inability to deliver expected benefits from cost-reduction programs derived from the restructuring of certain business 
units. Any of these factors or a combination of these factors could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial 
condition and results of operations of the Company.

Insurance Coverage

Management believes that insurance coverage of the Company’s facilities addresses all material insurable risks, provides 
coverage  that  is  similar  to  that  which  would  be  maintained  by  a  prudent  owner/operator  of  similar  facilities  and  is 
subject to deductibles, limits and exclusions that are customary or reasonable given the cost of procuring insurance and 
current operating conditions. However, there can be no assurance that such insurance will continue to be offered on an 
economically feasible basis or at current premium levels, that the Company will be able to pass through any increased 
premium costs, or that all events that could give rise to a loss or liability are insurable, or that the amounts of insurance 
will at all times be sufficient to cover each and every loss or claim that may occur involving the assets or operations of 
the Company. 

Catastrophic Events

Natural  disasters,  such  as  earthquakes,  tsunamis,  floods  or  wildfires,  public  health  crises,  such  as  epidemics  and 
pandemics, political instability, acts of terrorism, war or other conflicts and other events outside of the Company’s control, 
may adversely impact its business and operating results. In addition to the direct impact that such events could have on 
the Company’s facilities and workforce, these types of events could negatively impact consumer spending in the impacted 
regions or, depending on the severity, globally, which would impact the Company’s customers and in turn impact demand 
for its products. 

34

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2021    ANNUAL REPORTDependence on Customers

The  Company  has  a  modest  dependence  on  certain  customers.  The  Company’s  two  largest  customers  combined 
accounted for approximately 8.1% (2020 – 9.0%) of the consolidated revenue for the fiscal year 2021. The five largest 
customers of the Company represented approximately 15.2% (2020 – 16.2%) of the total revenue for 2021 and the 25 largest 
customers represented approximately 35.8% (2020 – 35.8%) of the total revenue. Several thousand customers make up 
the remainder of total revenue. Although the Company has strong partnership relationships with its customers, there 
can be no assurance that the Company will maintain its relationship with any particular customer or continue to provide 
services to any particular customer at current levels. A loss of any significant customer, or a decrease in the sales to any 
such customer, could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the 
Company. Consolidation within the consumer products market base and office retail superstores could have a negative 
impact on the Company’s business, depending on the nature and scope of any such consolidation.

Environmental, Health and Safety Requirements and Other Considerations

The Company is subject to numerous federal, provincial, state and municipal statutes, regulations, by-laws, guidelines and 
policies, as well as permits and other approvals related to the protection of the environment and workers’ health and safety. 
The Company maintains active health and safety and environmental programs for the purpose of preventing injuries to 
employees and pollution incidents at its manufacturing sites. The Company also carries out a program of environmental 
compliance  audits,  including  an  independent  third-party  pollution  liability  assessment  for  acquisitions,  to  assess  the 
adequacy of compliance at the operating level and to establish provisions, as required, for environmental site remediation 
plans. The Company has environmental insurance for most of its operating sites, with certain exclusions for historical matters. 

Despite these programs and insurance coverage, further proceedings or inquiries from regulators on employee health and 
safety requirements, particularly in Canada, the United States and the European Economic Community (collectively, the 
“EHS Requirements”), could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of 
the Company. In addition, changes to existing EHS Requirements, the adoption of new EHS Requirements in the future, or 
changes to the enforcement of EHS Requirements, as well as the discovery of additional or unknown conditions at facilities 
owned, operated or used by the Company, could require expenditures that might materially affect the business, financial 
condition and results of operations of the Company to the extent not covered by indemnity, insurance or covenant not 
to sue. Furthermore, while the Company has generally benefited from increased regulations on its customers’ products, 
the demand for the services or products of the Company may be adversely affected by the amendment or repeal of laws 
or by changes to the enforcement policies of the regulatory agencies concerning such laws.

Operating and Product Hazards

The Company’s revenues are dependent on the continued operation of its facilities and its customers. The operation of 
manufacturing plants involves many risks, including the failure or substandard performance of equipment, natural disasters, 
suspension of operations and new governmental statutes, regulations, guidelines and policies. The total loss of certain of 
the Company’s manufacturing plants could have a significant financial impact on the affected business segment, particularly 
where the plant represents a single or significant source of supply. The operations of the Company and its customers are 
also subject to various hazards incidental to the production, use, handling, processing, storage and transportation of certain 
hazardous materials. These hazards can cause personal injury, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment 
and environmental damage. Furthermore, the Company may become subject to claims with respect to workplace exposure, 
workers’ compensation and other matters. The Company’s pharmaceutical and specialty food product operations are subject 
to stringent federal, state, provincial and local health, food and drug regulations and controls, and may be impacted by 
consumer product liability claims and the possible unavailability and/or expense of liability insurance. The Company prints 
information on its labels and containers that, if incorrect, could give rise to product liability claims. A determination by 
applicable regulatory authorities that any of the Company’s facilities are not in compliance with any such regulations or 
controls in any material respect may have a material adverse effect on the Company. A successful product liability claim 
(or a series of claims) against the Company in excess of its insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on the 
business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. There can be no assurance as to the actual amount of 
these liabilities or the timing thereof. The occurrence of material operational problems, including, but not limited to, the above 
events, could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

The Timing and Volume of New Banknote Orders

The CCL Secure banknote substrate operation is dependent on government procurement decisions and the volume and 
timing of new or replacement banknote orders is often uncertain. These decisions can be influenced by many political 
factors that could delay or reduce the volume of banknote orders. The impact of new large volume banknote orders may 
result in the Company having to invest in material capital projects to support government procurement decisions. As a 
result, volatility may be created in the cash flows and in the financial results of the CCL Secure operations and could have 
a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company.

35

2021    ANNUAL REPORTProduct Security

CCL Secure’s banknote substrate business is involved in high security applications and must maintain highly secured 
facilities and product shipments. CCL Secure maintains vigorous security and material control procedures. All employees, 
guests and third-party contractors with access to facilities and products are prudently screened and monitored. However, 
the loss of a product, counterfeiting of a high security feature or the breach of a secured facility as a result of negligence, 
collusion or theft is possible. Loss of product whilst in transit, particularly during transshipment, through the failure of 
freight management companies or the loss of the shipment vehicle by accident or act of God is possible. Consequently, 
the financial damage and potential reputational impairment on CCL Secure may have a material adverse effect on the 
Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Financial Reporting

The Company prepares its financial reports in accordance with accounting policies and methods prescribed by IFRS. 
In the preparation of financial reports, management may need to rely upon assumptions, make estimates or use their 
best judgement in determining the financial condition of the Company. Significant accounting policies are described 
in more detail in the notes to the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 
31, 2021. In order to have a reasonable level of assurance that financial transactions are properly authorized, assets are 
safeguarded against unauthorized or improper use and transactions are properly recorded and reported, the Company 
has implemented and continues to analyze its internal control systems for financial reporting. Although the Company 
believes that its financial reporting and financial statements are prepared with reasonable safeguards to ensure reliability, 
the Company cannot provide absolute assurance in that regard.

Compliance with Anti-Bribery and Export Laws

Due to the Company’s global operations, the Company is subject to many laws governing international relations, including 
those that prohibit improper payments to government officials and commercial customers, and which may restrict where 
the Company can do business, what information or products the Company can supply to certain countries and what 
information the Company can provide to foreign governments, including but not limited to the Canadian Corruption of 
Foreign Public Officials Act (“CFPOA”), the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act and the U.S. 
Export  Administration  Act.  The  Company’s  policies  mandate  compliance  with  these  anti-bribery  laws.  The  Company 
operates in many parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree and, in certain 
circumstances, strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Given the high 
level of complexity of these laws, there is a risk that some provisions may be inadvertently or intentionally breached, for 
example through fraudulent or negligent behavior of individual employees, the Company’s failure to comply with certain 
formal documentation requirements or otherwise. Additionally, the Company may be held liable for actions taken by local 
dealers and partners. If the Company is found to be liable for CFPOA, FCPA or other violations (either due to the Company’s 
own acts or through inadvertence, or due to the acts or inadvertence of others), the Company could suffer from civil and 
criminal penalties or other sanctions, which could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, financial 
condition, and results of operations.

New Product Developments 

Markets are continually evolving based on the ingenuity of the Company and its competitors, consumer preferences 
and new product identification and information technologies. In particular, customers and consumers are seeking more 
sustainable product offerings using recyclable components and enabling circularity in product use. To the extent that 
any such new developments result in a decrease in the use of any of the Company’s products, a material adverse effect 
on the financial condition and results of operations could occur. 

Checkpoint’s ability to create new products and to sustain existing products is affected by whether the Company can 
develop and fund technological innovations, such as those related to the next generation of product solutions, evolving 
RFID technologies, and other innovative security devices, software and systems initiatives. The failure to develop and 
launch successful new products could have a material adverse effect on Checkpoint’s business, financial condition and 
results of operations. 

Although  Innovia  has  a  unique  manufacturing  process  for  a  portion  of  its  BOPP  product  line  and  CCL  Secure  is  the 
leading manufacturer of polymer banknote substrate, it is dependent on its ability to constantly evolve the technological 
capabilities of its products to meet the demands of its customer base. New scientific advancements in polymer film 
manufacturing could curtail the use of Innovia’s BOPP, while the advancement of e-commerce and cashless societies may 
outmode the need for polymer banknotes. Failure to invest in intellectual properties and perpetually innovate may result 
in lower demand for films and banknote substrate and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, 
financial condition and results of operations.

36

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2021    ANNUAL REPORTLabour Relations

While labour relations between the Company and its employees have been stable in the recent past and there have been 
no material disruptions in operations as a result of labour disputes, the maintenance of a productive and efficient labour 
environment cannot be assured. Accordingly, a strike, lockout or deterioration of labour relationships could have a material 
adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

Legal and Regulatory Proceedings

Any alleged failure by the Company to comply with applicable laws and regulations in the countries of operation may lead 
to the imposition of fines and penalties or the denial, revocation or delay in the renewal of permits and licenses issued by 
governmental authorities or litigation. In addition, governmental authorities, as well as third parties, may claim that the 
Company is liable for environmental remediation or damages. A significant judgment against the Company, the loss of a 
significant permit or other approval or the imposition of a significant fine or penalty could have a material adverse effect 
on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

Moreover, the Company may from time to time be notified of claims that it may be infringing patents, copyrights or other 
intellectual property rights owned by other third parties. Any litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of 
resources, and could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the 
Company. In the future, third parties may assert infringement claims against the Company or its customers. In the event of 
an infringement claim, the Company may be required to spend a significant amount of money to develop a non-infringing 
alternative or to obtain licenses. The Company may not be successful in developing such an alternative or obtaining a 
license on reasonable terms, if at all. In addition, any such litigation could be lengthy and costly and could have a material 
adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

The Company may also be subject to claims arising from its failure to manufacture a product to the specifications of 
its customers or from personal injury arising from a consumer’s use of a product or component manufactured by the 
Company. While the Company will seek indemnity from its customers for claims made against the Company by consumers, 
and while the Company maintains what management believes to be appropriate levels of insurance to respond to such 
claims, there can be no assurance that the Company will be fully indemnified by its customers or that insurance coverage 
will continue to be available or, if available, will be adequate to cover all costs arising from such claims. In addition, the 
Company could become subject to claims relating to its prior or acquired businesses, including environmental and tax 
matters, or claims by third parties, such as distributors or agents. There can be no assurance that insurance coverage will 
be adequate to cover all costs arising from such claims.

Specifically, during 2018, the Federal Court of Australia awarded a judgment and costs against a subsidiary of the Company, 
CCL Secure Pty Ltd. (formerly Innovia Security Pty Ltd.) (“ISPL”), totaling A$70.0 million ($63.8 million), finding a wrongful 
termination of an agency agreement with Benoy Berry and a company controlled by him, Global Secure Currency Ltd. 
(collectively “Berry”), an arm’s length third party in Nigeria. ISPL appealed the judgment. As part of the appeals process, 
the Australian court of appeals mandated that the Company guarantee the entire judgment in order to stay execution of 
the judgment pending resolution of the appeal. On appeal, the Australian court of appeals reduced the total damages 
awarded to Berry to A$4.8 million ($4.4 million) including interest and Berry’s estimated legal costs, and awarded ISPL a 
portion of its appeal costs. Berry appealed the reduced award to the High Court of Australia. In the third quarter of 2020, 
the High Court of Australia issued a final judgement for Berry in the sum of approximately A$45.1 million ($43.0 million), 
including interest  and Berry’s legal  costs.  The  final  judgement  was  $8.6  million  in  excess  of  the  previously recorded 
provision, which had been accrued as part of the 2017 Innovia acquisition for this matter, and was reported in Restructuring 
and Other Items in 2020.

In the first quarter of 2019, a hearing on a jurisdictional issue was heard in respect of a lawsuit launched in 2011 by Berry 
in Nigerian Federal Court against ISPL and Innovia Films Ltd. (collectively “IFL”), as well as other defendants not affiliated 
with ISPL. The court denied IFL’s motion to dismiss the lawsuit on the jurisdictional issue. IFL is appealing that decision to 
the highest appeals court in Nigeria. The lawsuit alleges that IFL and the co-defendants committed to build a banknote 
substrate plant in Nigeria and Berry seeks an order requiring IFL and the co-defendants to build the plant or in lieu thereof, 
grant an award of total damages in the amount of €1.5 billion ($2.2 billion). IFL intends to vigorously defend this claim, 
which the Company considers to be without merit and accordingly, the Company has made no provision for the matter. 

Defined Benefit Post-Employment Plans

The Company is the sponsor of a number of defined benefit plans in thirteen countries that give rise to accrued post-
employment benefit obligations. Although the Company believes that its current financial resources combined with its 
expected future cash flows from operations and returns on post-employment plan assets will be sufficient to satisfy the 
obligations under these plans in future years, the cash outflow and higher expenses associated with these plans may be 
higher than expected and may have a material adverse impact on the financial condition of the Company.

37

2021    ANNUAL REPORTBreach of Legal and Regulatory Requirements

CCL  Secure’s  banknote  substrate  operation  has  the  highest  accreditation  within  the  security  printing  industry.  This 
accreditation provides governments and Central Banks with assurance in respect of safeguarding high ethical standards 
and business practices. Violation of CCL Secure’s highly strict requirements and constant detailed oversight in relation to 
bribery, corruption and anti-competitive activities remains a risk in an industry expecting the highest ethical standards. 
Consequently, the financial damage and potential reputational impairment on CCL Secure that could arise if the standards 
and practices are compromised, or perceived to have been compromised, may have a material adverse effect on the 
Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Material Disruption of Information Technology Systems 

The Company is increasingly dependent on information technology (“IT”) systems to manufacture its products, process 
transactions, respond to customer questions, manage inventory, purchase, sell and ship goods on a timely basis and 
maintain cost-efficient operations, as well as maintain its e-commerce websites. Any material disruption or slowdown of 
the systems, including a disruption or slowdown caused by the Company’s failure to successfully upgrade its systems, 
system failures, viruses or other causes, could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and 
results of operations of the Company. If changes in technology cause the Company’s information systems to become 
obsolete or if information systems are inadequate to handle growth, the Company could incur losses and costs due to 
interruption of its operations.

The Company maintains information within its IT networks and on the cloud to operate its business, as well as confidential 
personal employee and customer information. The secure maintenance of this information is critical to the Company’s 
operations and reputation. The Company invests in hardware and software to prevent the risk of intrusion, tampering and 
theft. Any such unauthorized breach of the IT infrastructure could compromise the data maintained, which could cause 
the corruption or exposure of confidential or proprietary information, a significant disruption in operations, the loss or 
theft of critical data and financial resources and meaningful harm to the Company’s reputation, any of which could result 
in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Impairment in the Carrying Value of Goodwill and Indefinite-Life Intangible Assets

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had approximately $2.4 billion of goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets 
on its consolidated statement of financial position, the value of which is reviewed for impairment at least annually. The 
assessment of the value of goodwill and intangible assets depends on a number of key factors requiring estimates and 
assumptions about earnings growth, operating margins, discount rates, economic projections, anticipated future cash 
flows and market capitalization. There can be no assurance that future reviews of goodwill and intangible assets will 
not result in an impairment charge. Although it does not affect cash flow, an impairment charge does have the effect of 
reducing the Company’s earnings, total assets and equity.

Credit Ratings

The credit ratings currently assigned to the Company by Moody’s and S&P, or that may in the future be assigned by 
other rating agencies, are subject to amendment in accordance with each agency’s rating methodology and subjective 
modifiers driving the credit rating opinion. There is no assurance that any rating assigned to the Company will remain in 
effect for any given period of time or that any rating will not be revised or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency in the 
future. A downgrade in the credit rating assigned by one or more rating agencies could increase the Company’s cost of 
borrowing or impact the Company’s ability to renegotiate debt, and may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s 
financial condition and profitability.

Share Price Volatility

Changes in the Company’s stock price may affect access to, or cost of, financing from capital markets and may affect stock-
based compensation arrangements. The Company’s stock price has appreciated significantly over the last five years and 
is influenced by the financial results of the Company, changes in the overall stock market, demand for equity securities, 
relative peer group performance, market expectation of future financial performance and competitive dynamics among 
many other things. There is no assurance that the Company’s share price will not be volatile in the future.

38

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2021    ANNUAL REPORTProtection of Intellectual Property

Certain of the Company’s products involve complex technology and chemistry and the Company relies on maintaining 
protection of this intellectual property and proprietary information to maintain a competitive advantage. The infringement, 
expiration  or  other  loss  of  these  patents  and  other  proprietary  information  would  reduce  the  barriers  to  entry  into 
the  Company’s  existing  lines  of  business  and  may  result  in  loss  of  market  share  and  a  decrease  in  the  Company’s 
competitiveness, which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and 
cash flows. There also can be no assurance that the patents previously obtained or to be obtained by the Company in the 
future will provide adequate protection of such intellectual property or adequately maintain any competitive advantage. 

Dividends

The declaration and payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors taking into account current 
and anticipated cash flow, capital requirements, the general financial condition of the Company and global economy as 
well as the various risk factors set out above. The Board of Directors intends to pay a consistent dividend with consistent 
increases over time. However, the Board of Directors may in certain circumstances determine that it is in the best interests 
of the Company to reduce or suspend the dividend. In that situation, the trading price of the Company’s Class A and Class 
B shares may be materially affected. 

Climate Change

Event  risks  caused  by  global  climate  change,  including  the  frequency  and  severity  of  weather-related  events,  could 
damage the Company’s facilities, disrupt operations, impact revenues and cash flow, and create financial risk. These could 
result in substantial costs for emergency response efforts during the event, reinstatement of regular business operations 
and repair or replacement of premises and equipment. The potential impact or financial consequence of such events 
is highly uncertain. The Company’s operations are spread over more than 204 locations around the world and therefore 
subject to varying climate change event risks. 

Global  climate  change  also  gives  rise  to  other  risks  to  the  Company’s  business  and  operations,  including  increased 
regulation  and  market  shifts  in  supply  and  demand,  which  are  also  difficult  to  predict.  Many  countries  in  which  the 
Company carries on business are at differing stages of developing policy and regulations regarding carbon emissions and 
other environmental impacts, which could significantly affect the Company’s business, create financial obligations and 
increase operating costs. Increased public awareness of climate change may impact consumer demand for the Company’s 
customers’ products. The Company’s failure to innovate more sustainable or circular economy products could have a 
material adverse effect on its financial condition and profitability.

The  Company’s  failure  to  implement  environmental,  social  and  governance  targets  and  initiatives,  or  to  achieve  its 
sustainability targets could have a material adverse impact on its financial condition and profitability.

39

2021    ANNUAL REPORT5.   AC C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S   A N D   N O N - I F R S   M E A S U R E S

A)  Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures

CCL measures the success of the business using a number of key performance indicators, many of which are in accordance 
with IFRS as described throughout this report. The following performance indicators are not measurements in accordance 
with IFRS and should not be considered as an alternative to or replacement of net earnings or any other measure of 
performance under IFRS. These non-IFRS measures do not have any standardized meaning and may not be comparable 
to similar measures presented by other issuers. These additional measures are used to provide added insight into the 
Company’s results and are concepts often seen in external analysts’ research reports, in financial covenants in banking 
agreements and note agreements, in purchase and sales contracts on acquisitions and divestitures of the business, and 
in discussions and reports to and from the Company’s shareholders and the investment community. These non-IFRS 
measures will be found throughout this report and are referenced alphabetically in the definition section below.

Adjusted Basic Earnings per Class B Share – An important non-IFRS measure to assist in understanding the ongoing 
earnings performance of the Company, excluding items of a one-time or non-recurring nature. It is not considered a 
substitute  for  basic  net  earnings  per  Class  B  share,  but  it  does  provide  additional  insight  into  the  ongoing  financial 
results of the Company. This non-IFRS measure is defined as basic net earnings per Class B share, excluding gains on 
dispositions, goodwill impairment loss, non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, restructuring and other items and 
tax adjustments. 

Earnings per Class B Share

Basic earnings 
Net loss from restructuring and other items  
New UK Tax Legislation 

Adjusted basic earnings 

Three Months Ended  
December 31 

Twelve Months Ended 
December 31

 2021 

0.80 
0.01 
– 

0.81 

$ 

$ 

 2020 

0.81 
0.03 
– 

0.84 

$ 

$  

2021 

3.33 
0.02 
0.02 

3.37 

$ 

$ 

 2020

2.96
0.12
–

3.08

$ 

$ 

Adjusted EBITDA – A critical financial measure used extensively in the packaging industry and other industries to assist 
in understanding and measuring operating results. It is also considered as a proxy for cash flow and a facilitator for 
business valuations. This non-IFRS measure is defined as earnings before net finance cost, income taxes, depreciation 
and amortization, goodwill impairment loss, earnings in equity accounted investments, non-cash acquisition accounting 
adjustments, restructuring and other items. The Company believes that Adjusted EBITDA is an important measure as it 
allows the assessment of the Company’s ongoing business without the impact of net finance costs, depreciation and 
amortization and income tax expenses, as well as non-operating factors and unusual items. As a proxy for cash flow, it is 
intended to indicate the Company’s ability to incur or service debt and to invest in property, plant and equipment, and it 
may allow comparison of the Company’s business to that of its peers and competitors who may have different capital or 
organizational structures. Adjusted EBITDA is a measure tracked by financial analysts and investors to evaluate financial 
performance and is a key metric in business valuations. Adjusted EBITDA is considered an important measure by lenders 
to the Company and is included in the financial covenants for the Company’s bank lines of credit.

40

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA measures to IFRS measures reported in the annual consolidated income 
statements for the periods ended as indicated. 

Net earnings  
Corporate expense 
Earnings in equity-accounted investments 
Finance cost, net 
Restructuring and other items  
Income taxes 

Operating income 
Less: Corporate expense 
Add: Depreciation and amortization 

Adjusted EBITDA (a non-IFRS measure) 

Three Months Ended  
December 31 

Twelve Months Ended 
December 31

 2021 

145.1 
18.2 
(4.8) 
13.9 
1.1 
35.3 

208.8 
(18.2) 
86.6 

$ 

$ 

 2020 

145.9 
16.4 
(4.0) 
15.8 
5.8 
33.4 

213.3 
(16.4) 
87.0 

$ 

$ 

2021 

599.1 
60.6 
(11.2) 
56.9 
4.4 
181.5 

891.3 
(60.6) 
342.4 

$ 

$ 

 2020

529.7
46.7
(9.5)
65.2
27.6
163.8

823.5
(46.7)
346.4

277.2 

$ 

283.9 

$ 

1,173.1 

$ 

1,123.2

$ 

$ 

$ 

Days Working Capital Employed – A measure indicating the relative liquidity and asset intensity of the Company’s working 
capital. It is calculated by multiplying the net working capital by the number of days in the quarter and then dividing by 
the quarterly sales. Net working capital includes trade and other receivables, inventories, prepaid expenses, trade and 
other payables, and income taxes recoverable and payable. The following table reconciles the net working capital used 
in the days of working capital employed measure to IFRS measures reported in the consolidated statements of financial 
position as at the periods ended as indicated.

Days Working Capital Employed

At December 31 

Trade and other receivables  
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses 
Income taxes recoverable 
Trade and other payables 
Income taxes payable 

Net working capital 

Days in quarter 
Fourth quarter sales 

Days of working capital employed 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2021  

1,083.8 
677.3 
46.5 
37.9 
(1,321.5) 
(48.5) 

475.5 

92 
1,488.8 

29 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2020

922.8
533.5
35.3
29.0
(1,135.7)
(40.3)

344.6

92
1,350.6

23

Dividend  Payout  Ratio  –  The  ratio  of  earnings  paid  out  to  the  shareholders.  It  provides  an  indication  of  how  well 
earnings support the dividend payments. Dividend payout ratio is defined as dividends declared divided by earnings, 
excluding goodwill impairment loss, non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, restructuring and other items, and 
tax adjustments, (together “Adjusted earnings”) expressed as a percentage.

Dividend Payout Ratio 

Dividends declared per equity 

Adjusted earnings 

Dividend payout ratio 

2021 

151.0 

606.0 

$ 

$ 

2020

128.7

550.5

$ 

$ 

25% 

23%

41

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Free Cash Flow from Operations – A measure indicating the relative amount of cash generated by the Company during 
the year and available to fund dividends, debt repayments and acquisitions. It is calculated as cash flow from operations, 
less capital expenditures, net of proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment.

The following table reconciles the measure of free cash flow from operations to IFRS measures reported in the annual 
consolidated statements of cash flows for the periods ended as indicated.

Free Cash Flow from Operations 

Cash provided by operating activities  
Less: Additions to property, plant and equipment 
Add:  Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Free cash flow from operations 

Twelve months ended  
December 31

 2021 

838.7 
(323.8) 
16.9 

$ 

 2020

882.9
(282.8)
16.2

531.8 

$ 

616.3

$ 

$ 

Interest Coverage – A measure indicating the relative amount of operating income earned by the Company compared 
to the amount of net finance cost incurred by the Company. It is calculated as operating income (see definition below), 
including discontinued items, less corporate expense, divided by net finance cost on a twelve-month rolling basis.

The  following  table  reconciles  the  interest  coverage  measure  to  IFRS  measures  reported  in  the  annual  consolidated 
income statements for the periods ended as indicated. 

Interest Coverage

Operating income (a non-IFRS measure; see definition below) 
Less: Corporate expense 

Net finance cost 

Interest coverage 

Twelve months ended  
December 31

 2021 

891.3 
(60.6) 

830.7 

56.9 

14.6 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 2020

823.5
(46.7)

776.8

65.2

11.9

$ 

$ 

$ 

Net Debt – A measure indicating the financial indebtedness of the Company assuming that all cash on hand is used to 
repay a portion of the outstanding debt. It is defined as current debt, which includes bank advances, plus long-term debt 
and lease liabilities, less cash and cash equivalents.

Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA (or “Leverage Ratio”) – A measure that indicates the financial leverage of the Company. It 
indicates the Company’s ability to service its existing debt. 

Operating Income – A measure indicating the profitability of the Company’s business units defined as income before 
corporate expenses, net finance costs, goodwill impairment loss, earnings in equity-accounted investments, restructuring 
and other items, and income taxes.

See the definition of Adjusted EBITDA above for a reconciliation of operating income measures to IFRS measures reported 
in the annual consolidated income statements for the periods ended as indicated.

Restructuring and Other Items and Tax Adjustments – A measure of significant non-recurring items that are included in net 
earnings. The impact of restructuring and other items and tax adjustments on a per share basis is measured by dividing the 
after-tax income of the restructuring and other items and tax adjustments by the average number of shares outstanding in 
the relevant period. Management will continue to disclose the impact of these items on the Company’s results because the 
timing and extent of such items do not reflect or relate to the Company’s ongoing operating performance. Management 
evaluates the operating income of its segments before the effect of these items.

42

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
Return on Equity before goodwill impairment loss, restructuring and other items, non-cash acquisition accounting 
adjustments and tax adjustments (“ROE”) – A measure that provides insight into the effective use of shareholder capital 
in generating ongoing net earnings. ROE is calculated by dividing annual net earnings before goodwill impairment loss, 
restructuring  and  other  items,  tax  adjustments,  gains  on  business  dispositions  and  non-cash  acquisition  accounting 
adjustments by the average of the beginning and the end-of-year equity. 

The following table reconciles net earnings used in calculating the ROE measure to IFRS measures reported in the annual 
consolidated statements of financial position and in the annual consolidated income statements for the periods ended 
as indicated.

Return on Equity 

Net earnings 
Restructuring and other items (net of tax) 
New UK Tax Legislation 

Adjusted net earnings 

Average equity 

Return on equity 

Twelve months ended  
December 31

 2021 

599.1 
3.5 
3.4 

606.0 

3,514.6 

17.2% 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 2020

529.7
20.8
–

550.5

3,090.0

17.8%

$ 

$ 

$ 

Return on sales – A measure indicating relative profitability of sales to customers. It is defined as operating income (see 
definition above) divided by sales, expressed as a percentage.

The following table reconciles the return on sales measure to IFRS measures reported in the annual consolidated statements 
of earnings in the segmented information per note 4 of the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements for the 
periods ended as indicated.

Return on Sales 

Sales
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
Innovia 

  Total sales 

Operating income 
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
Innovia 

  Total operating income 

Return on sales 
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
Innovia 

  Total return on sales 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Three Months Ended  
December 31 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2021 

883.2 
179.9 
226.8 
198.9 

1,488.8 

121.5 
38.4 
36.4 
12.5 

208.8 

13.8% 
21.3% 
16.0% 
6.3% 

14.0% 

2020 

860.2 
150.8 
189.3 
150.3 

1,350.6 

136.4 
27.0 
32.2 
17.7 

213.3 

15.9% 
17.9% 
17.0% 
11.8% 

15.8% 

Twelve Months Ended 
December 31

2021 

2020

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,498.2 
708.9 
772.5 
753.2 

5,732.8 

545.8 
148.8 
115.5 
81.2 

891.3 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,357.6
634.2
635.5
615.0

5,242.3

552.8
113.3
80.3
77.1

823.5

15.6% 
21.0% 
15.0% 
10.8% 

15.5% 

16.5%
17.9%
12.6%
12.5%

15.7%

43

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on total capital before goodwill impairment loss, restructuring and other items, non-cash acquisition accounting 
adjustments, and tax adjustments (“ROTC”) – A measure of the returns the Company is achieving on capital employed. 
ROTC is calculated by dividing annual net income before goodwill impairment loss, restructuring and other items, non-
cash acquisition accounting adjustments, and tax adjustments by the average of the beginning- and the end-of-year 
equity and net debt.

The following table reconciles net earnings used in calculating the ROTC measure to IFRS measures reported in the annual 
consolidated statements of financial position and in the annual consolidated income statements for the periods ended 
as indicated.

Return on Total Capital 

Net earnings 
Restructuring and other items (net of tax) 
New UK Tax Legislation 

Adjusted net earnings 

Average total capital 

Return on total capital 

Twelve Months Ended 
December 31

2021 

599.1 
3.5 
3.4 

606.0 

4,834.7 

12.5% 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2020

529.7
20.8
–

550.5

4,643.5

11.9%

$ 

$ 

$ 

Total Debt – A measure indicating the financial indebtedness of the Company. It is defined as current debt, including 
bank advances, plus long-term debt.

B)  Accounting Policies and New Standards

Accounting Policies

The  above  analysis  and  discussion  of  the  Company’s  financial  condition  and  results  of  operation  are  based  on  its 
consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS. 

A summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies is set out in note 3 of the consolidated financial statements. 

C)  Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of sales and expenses during the year and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of 
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. In particular, estimates are used when determining 
the  amounts  recorded  for  depreciation  and  amortization  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  and  intangible  assets, 
outstanding self-insurance claims, pension and other post-employment benefits, income and other taxes, provisions, 
certain fair value measures including those related to the valuation of business combinations, share-based payments and 
financial instruments and also for the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Life Intangibles

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of the Company’s interest in the businesses acquired over the fair 
value of the underlying net identifiable tangible and intangible assets arising on acquisitions. Goodwill and indefinite-life 
intangibles are not amortized but are required to be tested for impairment at least annually or if events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

44

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During the 2021 fourth quarter, the Company completed its impairment test as at September 30, 2021. Impairment testing 
for the cash-generating units (“CGU”), CCL, Avery, Checkpoint, and Innovia Segments, was done by a comparison of the 
unit’s carrying amount to its estimated value in use, determined by discounting future cash flows from the continuing use 
of the unit. Key assumptions used in the determination of the value in use include long-term growth rates of 3% to 5% and 
pre-tax discount rates ranging from 8% to 10%. Discount rates reflect current market assumptions and risks related to the 
segments and are based upon the weighted average cost of capital for the segment. The Company’s historical growth 
rates are used as a basis in determining the growth rate applied for impairment testing. Significant management judgment 
is required in preparing the forecasts of future operating results that are used in the discounted cash flow method of 
valuation. In 2021 and 2020, it was determined that the carrying amount of goodwill and indefinite-life intangibles was 
not impaired. Since the process of determining fair values requires management judgment regarding projected results 
and market multiples, a change in these assumptions could impact the fair value of the reporting units, resulting in an 
impairment charge. 

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount 
of an asset may not be recoverable. Performance of this evaluation involves management estimates of the associated 
business  plans,  economic  projections  and  anticipated  cash  flows.  Specifically,  management  considers  forecasted 
operating cash flows, which are subject to change due to economic conditions, technological changes or changes in 
operating performance. An impairment loss would be recognized if the carrying amount of the asset held for use exceeded 
the discounted cash flow or fair value. Changes in these estimates in the future may result in an impairment charge.

Employee Benefits

The Company accrues its obligation under employee benefit plans and related costs net of plan assets. Pension costs are 
determined periodically by independent actuaries. The actuarial determination of the accrued benefit obligations for the 
plans uses the projected unit credit method and incorporates management’s best estimate of future salary escalation, 
retirement  age,  inflation  and  other  actuarial  factors.  The  cost  is  then  charged  as  services  are  rendered.  Since  these 
assumptions, which are disclosed in note 20 of the 2021 annual consolidated financial statements, involve forward-looking 
estimates and are long-term in nature, they are subject to uncertainty. Actual results may differ, and the differences may 
be material.

D)  Related Party Transactions

A summary of the Company’s related party transactions is set out in note 27 of the 2021 annual consolidated financial 
statements.

45

2021    ANNUAL REPORT6.   O U T LO O K 

2021 was another tumultuous year with pandemic-related challenges in each corner of the world. The Company prioritized 
its commitment to safety for its employees, customers and suppliers but remained open for business everywhere. Growth 
remained in focus with the closing of nine accretive acquisitions and investing $306.9 million in net capital expenditures. 
All in for 2021, the Company posted record adjusted earnings per share of $3.37 per Class B share compared to $3.08 per 
Class B share for 2020 and a strengthened balance sheet. 

2022 has started as a period of adjustment, the pandemic is entering a third year, Governments and citizens are learning 
to persevere, armed with more information and therefore making more calculated decisions. The Omicron variant appears 
to be less fatal than previous versions and optimists view that it is reaching the endemic stage; however, the final outcome 
remains unknown. What is certain is that the inflationary cost pressures of 2021 will continue in 2022 as global supply 
availability issues persist and, if anything, might worsen near-term. The tailwinds of fiscal stimulus is likely to decelerate 
with monetary policy tightening, resulting in potentially more unpredictable economic activity in 2022. Therefore, passing 
on input cost changes to the Company’s customers will be very important while managing likely continued volatility in 
currency markets.

The CCL Segment reported a solid year in 2021 compared to 2020, with organic growth and profitability improvement 
across  all  vertical  markets,  except  for  the  anticipated  decline  at  CCL  Secure  that  offset  profitability  improvements 
elsewhere. CCL Label and CCL Design remain committed to pursuing new product initiatives, with capacity expansion 
plans in new and existing markets for its core customers where the opportunity meets long-term profitability objectives. 
CCL Secure will continue to develop market-leading security technology to pursue long-term widespread adoption of 
polymer banknotes across the world’s Central Banks. 

Avery’s sales and profitability improved dramatically compared to a prior year significantly hampered by pandemic-related 
issues. For 2022, Avery’s Direct-to-Consumer event and name badging operations should continue to improve globally as 
large-scale business meetings and trade conventions trend back to pre-pandemic levels. “Kids’ labels” and “WePrintTM” 
sales are expected to remain solid. Avery’s PMG and OPG product groups in North America should improve as bricks-and-
mortar retail strengthens and onsite office-employee density increases.

Checkpoint results improved significantly in 2021, compared to prior year that was temporarily stalled due to shutdowns 
in the retail and apparel industry during the first six months of 2020. Checkpoint has significant exposure to ASEAN and 
Indian sub-continent locations where pandemic-related restrictions remain more severe than the rest of the world. Supply 
chain challenges and inflationary cost pressures remain on the watch; efficiency initiatives and price increases will be 
needed to offset where applicable. 

Innovia  faced  significant  polypropylene  resin  cost  increases  in  2021  but  successfully  passed  them  on  to  customers. 
Effectively managing input cost volatility, energy and freight cost inflation while offsetting with enhanced productivity 
efforts  and,  as  appropriate,  price  adjustments  remain  mission  critical.  Completing  and  successfully  starting  up  the 
proprietary new “Ecofloat” shrink film line in Europe will be at the forefront for 2022. 

The Company concluded the year with cash on hand of $602.1 million and unused availability on the revolving credit 
facility at approximately US$1.19 billion. The Company’s liquidity position is robust, with a net debt leverage ratio of 1.06 
times Adjusted EBITDA at the end of the current year, 0.18 turns lower than 2020, despite closing on nine acquisitions 
in the year. As always, the Company remains focused on vigilantly managing working capital and prioritizing capital 
to higher-growth organic opportunities or unique acquisitions expected to enhance shareholder value. The Company 
expects capital expenditures for 2022 to be approximately $380.0 million, supporting organic growth and new greenfield 
opportunities globally. First-quarter orders have been solid so far, but pandemic uncertainties continue. Expected supply 
chain challenges and inflationary cost pressures will need to be managed amidst once-in-a-generation conditions. Should 
demand remain solid, and recent acquisitions meet expectations, results for 2022 should strengthen.

46

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2021    ANNUAL REPORTKPMG LLP 
100 New Park Place, Suite 1400 
Vaughan, ON  L4K 0J3 
Tel 905-265 5900 
Fax 905-265 6390 
www.kpmg.ca 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT 

To the Shareholders of CCL Industries Inc. 

Opinion 

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of CCL Industries Inc. (the Entity), 
which comprise: 

•

•

•

•

•

•

the consolidated statements of financial position as at December 31, 2021 and 
December 31, 2020

the consolidated income statements for the years then ended

the consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years then ended

the consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years then ended

the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years then ended

and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including a summary of significant 
accounting policies (hereinafter referred to as the “financial statements”).

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, 
the consolidated financial position of the Entity as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 
2020, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the years 
then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). 

Basis for Opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. 
Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the 
“Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements” section of our 
auditors’ report. 

We are independent of the Entity in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant 
to our audit of the financial statements in Canada and we have fulfilled our other responsibilities 
in accordance with these requirements. 

KPMG LLP, an Ontario limited liability partnership and member firm of the KPMG global organization of independent 
member firms affiliated with KPMG International Limited, a private English company limited by guarantee.   KPMG 
Canada provides services to KPMG LLP. 

47

2021    ANNUAL REPORTCCL Industries Inc.
February 24, 2022

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a 
basis for our opinion. 

Key Audit Matters 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance 
in our audit of the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021. These matters 
were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming 
our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 

We have determined the matter described below to be the key audit matter to be communicated 
in our auditors’ report. 

Evaluation of goodwill and brands impairment analysis for each Cash-Generating Unit 
(CGU) 

Description of the matter 

We  draw  attention  to  Notes  2(d),  3(e),  3(h(i))  and  13  of  the  financial  statements.

The goodwill and brands balances were $1,975.1 million and $423.3 million, respectively. The 
Entity performs goodwill and indefinite life assets impairment testing annually or more frequently 
when events  or  circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The 
recoverable amount is the higher of a CGU’s fair value, less costs to sell, and its value in use. In 
assessing the value in use, future cash flows were discounted. Key assumptions used in the 
determination of the value in use include growth rates and discount rates. 

Why the matter is a key audit matter 

We identified the evaluation of goodwill and brands impairment analysis for each CGU as a key 
audit matter. This matter represented an area of significant risk. Significant auditor attention and 
significant auditor judgment, in particular that of senior team members and valuation professionals 
with specialized skills and knowledge, was required in performing and evaluating the results of 
our procedures. 

How the matter was addressed in our audit 

The primary procedures we performed to address this key audit matter included the following: 

We calculated historical profitability growth rates and compared those rates against the rates 
predicted by the Entity for each CGU. We considered whether the current pandemic environment 
or internal and external communications made by the Entity are indicative of a continuation of, or 
a change from past experience. 

We involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in 
assessing the appropriateness of the discount rate of each CGU, which was based on weighted 
average cost of capital (WACC) by comparing the Entity’s WACC to a WACC range that was 
independently developed using publicly available market data including risk premiums, betas and 
debt to capital ratios for comparable entities. 

48

2021    ANNUAL REPORTCCL Industries Inc.
February 24, 2022

We assessed the reasonableness of the recoverable amount of goodwill and brand assets for each 
CGU by developing an estimated recoverable amount using the Entity’s future cash flows for 
each CGU and the independently developed discount rate developed by valuation professionals 
above, and comparing the result to the Entity’s estimated recoverable amount for each CGU. 

We performed sensitivity analyses over key assumptions and assessed the impact on the Entity’s 
determination that the estimated recoverable amount of each CGU exceeded the carrying 
amount of the CGU. 

Other Information 

Management is responsible for the other information. Other information comprises: 

•

•

the information included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis filed with the relevant
Canadian Securities Commissions.

the information, other than the financial statements and the auditors’ report thereon,
included in a document likely to be entitled “Annual Report”.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not and 
will not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other 
information identified above and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit and remain alert 
for indications that the other information appears to be materially misstated. 

We obtained the information included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis filed with the 
relevant Canadian Securities Commissions as at the date of this auditors’ report. If, based on the 
work we have performed on this other information, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact in the auditors’ report. 

We have nothing to report in this regard. 

The information, other than the financial statements and the auditors’ report thereon, included in a 
document likely to be entitled “Annual Report” is expected to be made available to us after the 
date of this auditors’ report. If, based on the work we will perform on this other information, we 
conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report 
that fact to those charged with governance. 

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the 
Financial Statements 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in 
accordance with IFRS, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to 
enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Entity’s ability 
to continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and 

49

2021    ANNUAL REPORTCCL Industries Inc.
February 24, 2022

using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the 
Entity or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Entity’s financial reporting 
process. 

Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a 
whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ 
report that includes our opinion. 

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit 
conducted in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards will always detect 
a material misstatement when it exists. 

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users 
taken on the basis of the financial statements. 

As part of an audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards, we 
exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. 

We also: 

•

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether
due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and
obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher
than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery,
intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

• Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit

procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of
expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Entity's internal control.

•

Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of
accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management.

• Conclude on the appropriateness of management's use of the going concern basis of
accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty
exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Entity's ability
to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are
required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the financial
statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions
are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However,
future events or conditions may cause the Entity to cease to continue as a going concern.

•

Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements,
including the disclosures, and whether the financial statements represent the underlying

50

2021    ANNUAL REPORTCCL Industries Inc.
February 24, 2022

transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. 

• Communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the
planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any
significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

•

Provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with
relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and communicate with them all
relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our
independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

• Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the

entities or business activities within the Group Entity to express an opinion on the financial
statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the
group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.

• Determine, from the matters communicated with those charged with governance, those

matters that were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements of the current
period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditors’
report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in
extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in
our auditors’ report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be
expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.

Chartered Professional Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants 

The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this auditors’ report is Tammy L. Brown. 
Vaughan, Canada 

February 24, 2022 

51

2021    ANNUAL REPORTC O N S O L I D AT E D   S TAT E M E N T S   O F   F I N A N C I A L   P O S I T I O N 
(In millions of Canadian dollars)

As at December 31 

Assets 
Current assets 
  Cash and cash equivalents 
  Trade and other receivables 
  Inventories 
  Prepaid expenses 
  Income taxes recoverable 
   Derivative instruments 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets 
  Property, plant and equipment 
  Right-of-use assets  
  Goodwill 
  Intangible assets 
  Deferred tax assets 
  Equity-accounted investments 
  Other assets 
   Derivative instruments 

Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities 
Current liabilities 
  Trade and other payables 
  Current portion of long-term debt 
  Lease liabilities 
  Income taxes payable 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
  Long-term debt 
  Lease liabilities 
  Deferred tax liabilities 
  Employee benefits 
  Provisions and other long-term liabilities 
  Derivative instruments 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Equity 
  Share capital 
  Contributed surplus 
  Retained earnings 
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Total equity attributable to shareholders of the Company 

  Acquisitions 
  Commitments and contingencies 
  Subsequent events 

Total liabilities and equity 

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements.

On behalf of the Board:

52

 Note 

2021 

2020

6 
7 
8 

24 

10 
11 
12,13 
12,13 
15 
9 

24 

14 
18 

18 

15 
20 

24 

16 

29 

5 
26 
31 

 $  

602.1 
1,083.8 
677.3 
46.5 
37.9 
– 

2,447.6 

1,910.3 
145.5 
1,975.1 
991.1 
47.7 
68.4 
25.8 
16.3 

5,180.2 

 $  

703.7
922.8
533.5
35.3
29.0
0.4

2,224.7

1,882.7
158.4
1,918.5
1,007.6
42.7
66.1
26.8
9.2

5,112.0

 $  

7,627.8 

 $  

7,336.7

 $  

 $  

1,321.5 
15.3 
32.7 
48.5 

1,418.0 

1,691.4 
111.9 
286.6 
315.5 
15.2 
42.2 

2,462.8 

3,880.8 

462.1 
103.6 
3,422.7 
(241.4) 

3,747.0 

1,135.7
51.8
34.2
40.3

1,262.0

1,889.4
119.2
270.8
385.1
10.9
117.1

2,792.5

4,054.5

396.8
90.1
2,937.5
(142.2)

3,282.2

 $  

7,627.8 

 $  

7,336.7

Donald  G.  Lang 
Director

Geoffrey T. Martin 
Director 

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D AT E D   I N C O M E   S TAT E M E N T S
(In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

Years ended December 31 

 Note 

Sales 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Restructuring and other items 
Earnings in equity-accounted investments 

Finance cost 
Finance income 
Interest on lease liabilities 

Net finance cost 

Earnings before income tax 
Income tax expense 

Net earnings  

Earnings per share 
Basic earnings per Class B share 

Diluted earnings per Class B share 

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements.

30 

19 
19 
11 

22 

17 

17 

2021 

5,732.8 
4,140.7 

1,592.1 
761.4 
4.4 
(11.2) 

837.5 

59.4 
(7.7) 
5.2 

56.9 

780.6 
181.5 

599.1 

3.33 

3.31 

 $  

 $  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2020

5,242.3
3,740.1

1,502.2
725.4
27.6
(9.5)

758.7

67.9
(9.1)
6.4

65.2

693.5
163.8

529.7

2.96

2.94

53

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D AT E D   S TAT E M E N T S   O F   C O M P R E H E N S I V E   I N C O M E 
(In millions of Canadian dollars)

Years ended December 31 

Net earnings  
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Items that may subsequently be reclassified to income:
  Foreign currency translation adjustment for foreign operations, net of  

2021 

$ 

599.1 

$ 

tax recovery of $5.4 for the year ended December 31, 2021 (2020 – tax expense of $5.0) 

(180.4) 

2020

529.7

–

(53.3)

0.3

0.1

(3.5)

(56.4)

81.5 

0.7 

(1.0) 

37.1 

(62.1) 

$ 

537.0 

$ 

473.3

  Net gains (losses) on hedges of net investment in foreign operations, net of  

tax expense of $12.4 for the year ended December 31, 2021 (2020 – tax recovery of $7.9) 

  Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax expense  
  of $0.2 for the year ended December 31, 2021 (2020 – tax expense of $0.1) 

Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to the income statement, net of  

tax expense of $0.3 for the year ended December 31, 2021 (2020 – nil) 

Actuarial gains (losses) on defined benefit post-employment plans, net of tax expense  
  of $12.1 for the year ended December 31, 2021 (2020 – tax recovery of $1.3) 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income 

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

54

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D AT E D   S TAT E M E N T S   O F   C H A N G E S   I N   E Q U I T Y 
(In millions of Canadian dollars)

Class A 
Shares 
(note 16) 

Class B 
Shares 
(note 16) 

Total 
Share  Contributed 
Surplus 

Capital 

Retained 
Earnings 

Total 
Accumulated 
Other 
Equity 
Comp-  Attributable
to 
Income  Shareholders

rehensive 

Balance, January 1, 2020 

$ 

4.5  $ 

361.0  $ 

365.5 

$ 

81.5  $ 

2,540.0 

$ 

(89.3)  $ 

2,897.7

Net earnings 
Dividends declared 
  Class A 
  Class B 
Defined benefit plan actuarial losses, net of tax 
Stock-based compensation plan 
Stock option expense 
Stock options exercised 
Income tax effect related to stock options 
Other comprehensive loss 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

529.7 

– 

529.7 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
31.3 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
31.3 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
8.5 
5.8 
(5.5) 
(0.2) 
– 

(8.4) 
(120.3) 
(3.5) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(52.9)   

(8.4) 
(120.3) 
(3.5) 
8.5 
5.8 
25.8 
(0.2) 
(52.9) 

Balance, December 31, 2020 

$ 

4.5  $ 

392.3  $ 

396.8 

$ 

90.1  $ 

2,937.5 

$  (142.2)  $ 

3,282.2

Net earnings  
Dividends declared 
  Class A 
  Class B 
Defined benefit plan actuarial gains, net of tax 
Stock-based compensation plan 
Stock option expense 
Stock options exercised 
Income tax effect related to stock options 
Other comprehensive loss 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

599.1 

– 

599.1 

– 
– 
– 
3.5 
– 
61.8 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
3.5 
– 
61.8 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
20.8 
2.6 
(11.3) 
1.4 
– 

(9.8) 
(141.2) 
37.1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(99.2)   

(9.8) 
(141.2) 
37.1 
24.3 
2.6 
50.5 
1.4 
(99.2) 

Balance, December 31, 2021 

$ 

4.5  $ 

457.6  $ 

462.1 

$ 

103.6  $  3,422.7 

$  (241.4)  $  3,747.0

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

55

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D AT E D   S TAT E M E N T S   O F   C A S H   F L O W S
(In millions of Canadian dollars)

Years ended December 31 

Cash provided by (used for) 

Operating activities 
Net earnings 
Adjustments for: 
  Property, plant and equipment depreciation 
  Right-of-use assets depreciation 

Intangible amortization 

  Earnings in equity-accounted investments, net of dividends received 
  Net finance costs 
  Current income tax expense 
  Deferred tax expense (recovery) 
  Equity-settled share-based payment transactions 
  Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment 

  Change in inventories 
  Change in trade and other receivables 
  Change in prepaid expenses 
  Change in trade and other payables 
  Change in income taxes receivable and payable 
  Change in employee benefits 
  Change in other assets and liabilities 

Net interest paid 
Income taxes paid 

Cash provided by operating activities 

Financing activities 
  Proceeds on issuance of long-term debt 
  Repayment of long-term debt 
  Repayment of lease liabilities 
  Proceeds from issuance of shares 
  Dividends paid 

Cash used for financing activities 

Investing activities 
  Additions to property, plant and equipment 
  Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
  Business acquisitions and other long-term investments (note 5) 

Cash used for investing activities 

  Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents 
  Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
  Translation adjustments on cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements.

56

2021    ANNUAL REPORT

2021 

2020

 $  

599.1 

$ 

529.7

245.3 
39.6 
57.5 
(5.0) 
56.9 
191.2 
(9.7) 
28.3 
(5.9) 

1,197.3 
(125.9) 
(129.5) 
(9.0) 
164.0 
(2.5) 
(20.4) 
9.6 

1,083.6 
(48.1) 
(196.8) 

838.7 

41.3 
(274.7) 
(36.1) 
50.5 
(151.0) 

(370.0) 

(323.8) 
16.9 
(234.4) 

(541.3) 

(72.6) 
703.7 
(29.0) 

$ 

602.1 

$ 

247.5
41.4
57.5
(6.0)
65.2
149.1
14.7
14.1
(2.4)

1,110.8
(38.5)
(43.2)
2.2
48.7
9.7
20.2
(29.0)

1,080.9
(59.4)
(138.6)

882.9

916.3
(1,230.5)
(44.2)
25.8
(128.7)

(461.3)

(282.8)
16.2
(161.4)

(428.0)

(6.4)
703.6
6.5

703.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

1 .    R E P O R T I N G   E N T I T Y

CCL Industries Inc. (the “Company”) is a public company, listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange, and is incorporated and 
domiciled in Canada. These consolidated financial statements of the Company as at and for the years ended December 31, 
2021 and 2020, comprise the results of the Company, its subsidiaries and its interest in joint ventures and associates. The 
Company has manufacturing facilities around the world and is primarily involved in the manufacture of labels, consumer 
printable media products, technology-driven label solutions, polymer banknote substrates and specialty films. 

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared a global pandemic related to COVID-19 (“CV19”). The impacts on 
global commerce have been, and are anticipated to continue to be, far reaching. CV19 has resulted in unprecedented 
governmental actions in multiple jurisdictions, including the closure of workplaces determined to be non-essential, the 
imposition of new health and monitoring requirements and the imposition of restrictions on the international, national and 
local movement of people and some goods. There have been significant disruptions to business operations, supply chains 
and customer activity and demand; service cancellations, reductions and other changes; the imposition of quarantines 
and curfews; inflation; as well as considerable general concern and uncertainty. There has been significant stock market 
volatility and significant volatility in foreign exchange and commodity markets. While CV19-related governmental and 
public health imposed restrictions were partially relaxed in a number of jurisdictions during the second and third quarters 
of 2020, vaccine scarcity in developing economies and the emergence of a more contagious variant renewed, and in some 
instances, heightened restrictions in multiple jurisdictions in 2021. While the Company’s operations have been determined 
by most jurisdictions to be essential businesses and have continued to operate throughout the pandemic with limited 
disruptions, there can be no assurance that this will continue to be the case throughout the duration of the CV19 pandemic 
or that such plants will operate at pre-pandemic staffing and production levels. CV19 continues to have varying impacts 
by geography and sector on the Company’s employees, suppliers and customers and on the demand for the respective 
products that the Company and its customers produce. The duration of the pandemic and its impact on the Company’s 
financial performance and position is an area of estimation uncertainty and judgement, which is continuously monitored 
and reflected in management’s estimates.

2 .     B A S I S   O F   P R E PA R AT I O N

(a)   Statement of compliance

These  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting 
Standards (“IFRS”) and IFRS interpretations adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board. 

These consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue by the Company’s Board of Directors on February 24, 2022.

(b)  Basis of measurement 

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following items in 
the consolidated statements of financial position:

•  Derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value; 

•  Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value; and

•  Assets related to the defined benefit plans are measured at fair value and liabilities related to the defined benefit plans are 

calculated by qualified actuaries using the projected unit credit method 

(c)  Presentation currency

These consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars, which is the Company’s presentation currency. 
All financial information, except per share information, is presented in millions of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.

57

2021    ANNUAL REPORTN O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

(d)  Use of estimates and judgements

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions 
that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of sales and expenses during the year and the 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial 
statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Estimates and assumptions are used mainly in determining the measurement of recognized transactions and balances.

In the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies, management makes various judgements, apart from those 
involving estimations, that can significantly affect the amounts it recognizes in the financial statements. 

Judgements, estimates and assumptions are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other 
factors including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. 

The Company has applied judgement in its assessment of the classification of financial instruments, the recognition and 
derecognition of tax losses and provisions, the determination of cash-generating units (“CGUs”), the identification of the 
indicators of impairment for property and equipment and intangible assets, the level of componentization of property 
and equipment and the allocation of purchase price adjustments on business combinations. 

Estimates  are  used  when  determining  the  amounts  recorded  for  depreciation  and  amortization  of  property,  plant 
and equipment, intangible assets and right-of-use assets, outstanding self-insurance claims, pension and other post-
employment benefits, income and other taxes, provisions, lease liabilities, certain fair value measures, including those 
related to the valuation of business combinations, share-based payments and financial instruments and in the valuation 
of goodwill and intangible assets.

3 .     S I G N I F I C A N T   AC C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S

The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently to all comparative information presented in these 
consolidated financial statements. 

(a)  Basis of consolidation

(i)  Business combinations

The Company measures goodwill as the fair value of the consideration transferred including the recognized amount of 
any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, less the net recognized amount (generally fair value) of the identifiable assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed, all measured as of the acquisition date. When the excess is negative, a bargain purchase 
gain is recognized immediately in profit or loss. The Company elects to measure, on a transaction-by-transaction basis, 
non-controlling interest either at its fair value or at its proportionate share of the recognized amount of the identifiable net 
assets at the acquisition date. Transaction costs, other than those associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, 
that the Company incurs in connection with a business combination are expensed as incurred. 

(ii)  Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company is exposed to, or has rights to, 
variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the 
entity. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that 
control commences until the date that control ceases. The accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed, when 
necessary, to align them with the policies adopted by the Company.

(iii)  Associates and joint arrangements

The Company’s interests in equity-accounted investees comprise interests in associates and joint ventures.

Associates are those entities in which the Company has significant influence, but not control or joint control, over the 
financial and operating policies. Significant influence is presumed to exist when the Company holds between 20% and 
50% of the voting power of another entity. 

The Company classifies its interest in joint arrangements as either joint operations (if the Company has rights to the assets 
and has obligations for the liabilities relating to an arrangement) or joint ventures (if the Company has the rights only to the 
net assets of an arrangement). When making this assessment, the Company considers the structure of the arrangements, 
the legal form of any separate vehicles, the contractual terms of the arrangements and other facts and circumstances.

58

2021    ANNUAL REPORTInvestments in associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method and are recognized initially at 
cost. The Company’s investments include goodwill identified on acquisition, net of any accumulated impairment losses. 
The consolidated financial statements include the Company’s share of the income and expenses and equity movements of 
equity-accounted investees, after adjustments to align the accounting policies with those of the Company, from the date 
that significant influence commences until the date that it ceases. When the Company’s share of losses exceeds its interest 
in an equity-accounted investee, the carrying amount of that interest (including any long-term investments) is reduced to 
nil and the recognition of further losses is discontinued, except to the extent that the Company has an obligation or has 
made payments on behalf of the investee.

(iv)  Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Inter-company  balances  and  transactions,  and  any  unrealized  income  and  expenses  arising  from  inter-company 
transactions, are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealized gains arising from transactions 
with equity-accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the extent of the Company’s interest in the 
investee. Unrealized losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no 
evidence of impairment.

(b)  Foreign currency

(i)  Foreign currency transactions

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of the Company’s entities using 
exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the 
reporting date are translated to the functional currency using the exchange rate at that date. The foreign currency gain or 
loss on monetary items is the difference between amortized cost in the functional currency at the beginning of the period, 
adjusted for effective interest and payments during the period, and the amortized cost in the foreign currency translated 
at the exchange rate at the end of the period. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that 
are measured at fair value are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the date that the fair value was 
determined. Foreign currency differences arising on translation are recognized in the consolidated income statement, 
except for differences arising on the translation of a financial liability designated as a hedge of the net investment in a 
foreign operation or qualifying cash flow hedges, which are recognized directly in other comprehensive income (see note 
3(b)(iii)). Foreign currency-denominated non-monetary items, measured at historical cost, have been translated at the rate 
of exchange at the transaction date.

The financial statements of each of the Company’s subsidiaries are measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates. 

The  assets  and  liabilities  of  foreign  operations,  including  goodwill  and  fair  value  adjustments  arising  on  acquisition, 
are translated into Canadian dollars using exchange rates at the reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign 
operations are translated into Canadian dollars using the average exchange rates for the period.

(ii)  Foreign operations

Foreign currency differences are recognized directly in other comprehensive income and presented within the foreign 
currency translation adjustment.

When a foreign operation is disposed of, the amount in other comprehensive income related to the foreign operation is 
fully transferred to the consolidated income statement. A disposal occurs when the entire interest in the foreign operation 
is disposed of or, in the case of a partial disposal, when the partial disposal results in the loss of control of a subsidiary 
or  the  loss  of  significant  influence.  For  any  partial  disposal  of  the  Company’s  interest  in  a  subsidiary  that  includes  a 
foreign operation, the Company re-attributes the proportionate share of the relevant amounts in other comprehensive 
income to non-controlling interests. For any other partial disposal of a foreign operation, the Company reclassifies to the 
consolidated income statement only the proportionate share of the relevant amount in other comprehensive income.

Foreign exchange gains and losses arising from a monetary item receivable from, or payable to, a foreign operation, the 
settlement of which is neither planned nor likely in the foreseeable future, are considered to form part of a net investment 
in  a  foreign  operation  and  are  recognized  directly  in  other  comprehensive  income  and  presented  within  the  foreign 
currency translation adjustment.

59

2021    ANNUAL REPORT(iii)  Hedge of net investment in a foreign operation

The Company applies hedge accounting to the foreign currency exposure arising between the functional currency of the 
foreign operation and the parent entity’s functional currency, regardless of whether the net investment is held directly 
or through an intermediate parent.

Foreign currency differences arising on the translation of a financial liability designated as a hedge of a net investment 
in a foreign operation are recognized directly in other comprehensive income to the extent that the hedge is effective. 
To the extent that the hedge is ineffective, such differences are recognized in the consolidated income statement. When 
the hedged part of a net investment is disposed of or partially disposed of, the associated cumulative amount in equity is 
transferred to the consolidated income statement as an adjustment to the consolidated income statement on disposal, 
in accordance with the policy described in note 3(b)(ii).

(c)  Financial instruments 

(i)  Financial assets and liabilities

The Company recognizes financial assets and financial liabilities initially at fair value and subsequently measures them at 
either fair value or amortized cost based on the following classifications:

Amortized cost:

The Company classifies financial assets held to collect contractual cash flows at amortized cost, including cash and cash 
equivalents and trade and other receivables. The Company initially recognizes the carrying amount of such assets on the 
consolidated statement of financial position at fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs, and subsequently 
measures them at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method, less any impairment losses.

Fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”):

Financial assets purchased and financial liabilities incurred, with the intention of generating earnings in the near term, 
are classified as FVTPL. This category includes derivative assets and derivative liabilities that do not qualify for hedge 
accounting, if any. For items classified as FVTPL, the Company initially recognizes such financial assets on the consolidated 
statement of financial position at fair value and recognizes subsequent changes in the consolidated income statement. 
Transaction costs incurred are expensed in the consolidated income statements. The Company does not currently hold 
any assets and liabilities designated as FVTPL. 

Fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”):

This category includes the Company’s investments in securities. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at 
fair value on the consolidated statement of financial position and changes therein are recognized in other comprehensive 
income.  When  an  investment  is  derecognized,  the  accumulated  gain  or  loss  in  other  comprehensive  income  is  not 
transferred to the consolidated income statement.

Other financial liabilities:

This category is for financial liabilities that are not classified as FVTPL or FVTOCI and includes trade and other payables and 
long-term debt. These financial liabilities are recorded at amortized cost on the consolidated statement of financial position.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and 
only when, the Company has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realize the 
asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

(ii)  Derivative financial instruments, including hedge accounting

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage its foreign currency and interest-rate-risk exposure and 
price-risk exposure related to the purchase of raw materials. Embedded derivatives are separated from the host contract 
and accounted for separately. If the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract and the embedded derivative 
are not closely related, a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition 
of a derivative, and the combined instrument is not measured at fair value through the income statement. Changes in the 
fair value of separable embedded derivatives are recognized immediately in the consolidated income statement.

On initial designation of the hedge, the Company formally documents the relationship between the hedging instrument(s) 
and hedged item(s), including the risk management objectives and strategy in undertaking the hedge transaction, together 
with the methods that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. The Company makes periodic 
assessments of prospective hedge effectiveness. 

60

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2021    ANNUAL REPORTThe fair value of forward exchange contracts is based on their listed market prices, if available. If a listed market price is 
not available, then fair value is estimated by discounting the difference between the contractual forward price and the 
current forward price for the residual maturity of the contract using a risk-free interest rate (based on government bonds).

The fair value of interest rate swaps is based on broker quotes. Those quotes are tested for reasonableness by discounting 
estimated future cash flows based on the terms and maturity of each contract and using market interest rates for a similar 
instrument at the measurement date.

Fair values reflect the credit risk of the instrument and include adjustments to take into account the credit risk of the group 
entity and counterparty when appropriate.

Cash flow hedges

When a derivative is designated as the hedging instrument in a hedge of the variability in cash flows attributable to a 
particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction that could affect profit 
or loss, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized in other comprehensive income 
and presented in the hedging reserve in equity. The amount recognized in other comprehensive income is removed and 
included in profit or loss in the same period that the hedged cash flows affect profit or loss, under the same line item in 
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income as the hedged item. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair 
value of the derivative is recognized immediately in the consolidated income statement.

If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting or expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or 
the designation is revoked, then hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. The cumulative gain or loss previously 
recognized in other comprehensive income and presented in unrealized gains or losses on cash flow hedges in equity 
remains there until the forecast transaction affects profit or loss. When the hedged item is a non-financial asset, the 
amount recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to the carrying amount of the asset when the asset is 
recognized. If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, then the balance in other comprehensive income 
is recognized immediately in profit or loss. In other cases, the amount recognized in other comprehensive income is 
transferred to the consolidated income statement in the same period that the hedged item affects profit or loss.

Fair value hedges

Fair value hedges are hedges of the fair value of recognized assets, liabilities or unrecognized firm commitments. Changes 
in the fair value of derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges are recorded in the consolidated income statement, 
together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged item that are attributable to the hedged risk.

(d)  Property, plant and equipment

(i)  Recognition and measurement

Items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost, less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment 
losses.

Cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The cost of self-constructed assets 
includes the cost of materials and direct labour, any other costs directly attributable to bringing the assets to a working 
condition for their intended uses, and the costs of dismantling and removing the items and restoring the site on which 
they are located. Purchased software that is integral to the functionality of the related equipment is capitalized as part 
of that equipment. 

The fair value of property, plant and equipment recognized as a result of a business combination is based on the amount 
for which a property could be exchanged on the date of valuation between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s 
length transaction.

Borrowing costs related to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets are capitalized as part of the 
cost of the assets. 

When parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate 
items (major components) of property, plant and equipment.

Gains and losses on disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing the proceeds 
from disposal with the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment and are recognized within selling, general and 
administrative expenses in the consolidated income statement.

61

2021    ANNUAL REPORTThe cost of replacing a part of an item of property, plant and equipment is recognized in the carrying amount of the item 
if it is probable that the future economic benefits embodied within the part will flow to the Company and its cost can be 
measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized. The costs of the day-to-day servicing of 
property, plant and equipment are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

(ii)  Depreciation 

Depreciation is calculated based on the cost of the asset, or other amount substituted for cost, less its residual value. 

Depreciation is recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each part of an item 
of property, plant and equipment, since this most closely reflects the expected pattern of consumption of the future 
economic benefits embodied in the asset. 

The estimated useful lives for the current and comparative periods are as follows: 

•  Buildings  
•  Machinery and equipment  
•  Fixtures and fittings  
•  Minor components  

 Up to 40 years 
 Up to 20 years 
 Up to 10 years 
  Up to 5 years

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate. 

(e)  Intangible assets

(i)  Goodwill

Goodwill  arises  on  the  acquisition  of  subsidiaries  and  is  tested  for  impairment  annually  or  more  frequently  if  events 
or  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  may  not  be  recoverable.  For  measurement  of  goodwill  at  initial 
recognition, see note 3(a)(i).

Subsequent measurement

Goodwill  is  measured  at  cost,  less  accumulated  impairment  losses.  In  respect  of  equity-accounted  investments,  the 
carrying amount of goodwill is included in the carrying amount of the investment.

(ii)  Other intangible assets

Indefinite life intangibles, such as brands, are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances 
indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

Intangible assets consist of patents, trademarks, brands, software and the value of acquired customer relationships. 
Impairment losses for intangible assets where the carrying value is not recoverable are measured based on fair value. Fair 
value is calculated by using discounted cash flows. 

The  fair  values  of  customer  relationships  acquired  in  a  business  combination  are  determined  using  the  multi-period 
excess earnings method, whereby the subject asset is valued after deducting a fair return on all other assets that are part 
of creating the related cash flows. 

The fair values of brands acquired in a business combination are determined using the multi-period excess earnings 
method  or  the  relief  of  royalty  method,  whereby  the  value  of  the  brand  is  equal  to  the  royalty  savings  from  having 
ownership as opposed to licensing the brand. 

Amortization is recognized in the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives 
of intangible assets, other than indefinite-life intangible assets, such as brands and goodwill, from the date that they are 
available for use. The estimated useful lives for the current and comparative years are as follows: 

•  Patents, trademarks and other 
•  Customer relationships 
•  Brands and goodwill 

 Up to 15 years
 Up to 20 years
 Indefinite-life

62

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2021    ANNUAL REPORT(f)  Leases

The Company recognizes right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for all leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless 
the underlying asset is of low value. The right-of-use asset is measured based on the initial value of the lease liability 
adjusted  for  lease  payments  made  at  or  before  the  commencement  of  the  lease,  initial  direct  costs  and  estimated 
dismantling and restoring costs. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and the asset’s 
useful life, unless it is reasonably certain the Company will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term, in which case 
the asset is depreciated over its useful life. 

The lease liability is measured at the present value of all future lease payments discounted at the lessee’s incremental 
borrowing rate. Lease liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method whereby interest 
is recognized in profit or loss over the lease term.

The Company has adopted the practical expedients related to short-term leases and leases of low-value assets whereby lease 
obligations associated with these leases are recognized as an expense in the consolidated income statement when incurred.

(g)  Inventories

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of inventories is based on the first-in, 
first-out principle and includes expenditures incurred in acquiring the inventories, production or conversion costs, and 
other costs incurred in bringing them to their existing locations and conditions. In the case of manufactured inventories 
and work in progress, cost includes an appropriate share of production overheads based on normal operating capacity. 

Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion 
and selling.

The fair value of inventories acquired in a business combination is determined based on the estimated selling price in the 
ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and sale, and a reasonable profit margin based on 
the effort required to complete and sell the inventories.

Estimates regarding obsolete and slow-moving inventory are also computed.

(h)  Impairment

(i)  Financial assets, including receivables

A financial asset not carried at FVTPL is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any objective 
evidence that it is impaired. A financial asset is considered to be impaired if objective evidence indicates an expected 
credit loss (“ECL”). Loss allowances are measured on the basis of lifetime ECLs where losses are recognized from all 
possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument. 

The Company considers evidence of impairment for financial assets measured at amortized cost at both a specific asset 
and a collective level. All individually significant financial assets measured at amortized cost are assessed for specific 
impairment. All individually significant financial assets measured at amortized cost that are found not to be specifically 
impaired are then collectively assessed for any impairment that has been incurred but not yet identified. 

In assessing collective impairment, the Company uses historical trends of the probability of default, timing of recoveries 
and the amount of expected loss, adjusted for management’s judgement as to whether current and expected future 
economic and credit conditions are such that the expected losses are likely to be greater than or less than those suggested 
by historical trends. 

An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortized cost is calculated as the difference between 
its carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the original effective interest 
rate and reflected in an allowance account against trade receivables. Losses are recognized in the consolidated income 
statement. When a subsequent event causes the amount of impairment loss to decrease, the decrease in impairment loss 
is reversed through profit or loss.

63

2021    ANNUAL REPORT(ii)  Non-financial assets 

The  carrying  amounts  of  non-financial  assets,  other  than  inventories  and  deferred  tax  assets,  are  reviewed  at  each 
reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the impairment 
would be recognized in the consolidated income statement.

Impairments  are  recorded  when  the  expected  recoverable  amount  of  assets  is  less  than  their  carrying  amount.  The 
recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or a cash-generating unit’s fair value, less the cost to sell and its value in use. 
In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount 
rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For the purpose 
of impairment testing, assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets 
that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups 
of assets. For the purposes of goodwill impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated 
to the CGU, or the group of CGUs, that is expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. This allocation is 
subject to an operating segment ceiling test and reflects the lowest level at which that goodwill is monitored for internal 
reporting purposes. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated 
recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss. Impairment losses, other than those relating to 
goodwill, are evaluated for potential reversals when events or changes in circumstances warrant such consideration. 

The carrying values of finite-life intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Additionally, the carrying values of goodwill and indefinite-
life intangibles are tested annually for impairment. 

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other assets, impairment losses recognized in 
prior years are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the losses have decreased or no longer exist. An 
impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An 
impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that 
would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized.

Goodwill that forms part of the carrying amount of an equity-accounted investment is not recognized separately and 
therefore is not tested for impairment separately. Instead, the entire amount of the equity-accounted investment is tested 
for impairment as a single asset when there is objective evidence that the equity-accounted investment may be impaired.

(i)  Employee benefits

(i)  Defined contribution plans

A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a 
separate entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to 
defined contribution pension plans are recognized as an employee benefit expense in the consolidated income statement 
in the period that the service is rendered by the employee.

(ii)  Defined benefit plans

A defined benefit plan is a post-employment benefit plan other than a defined contribution plan. The Company’s net 
obligation in respect of defined benefit post-employment plans is calculated separately for each plan by estimating the 
amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods; that 
benefit is discounted to determine its present value using a discount rate comparable to high-quality corporate bonds. Any 
unrecognized past service costs and the fair value of any plan assets are deducted. The calculation is performed annually 
by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit method. When the calculation results in a benefit to the Company, the 
recognized asset is limited to the total of any unrecognized past service costs and the present value of economic benefits 
available in the form of any future refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan. An economic 
benefit is available to the Company if it is realizable during the life of the plan or on settlement of the plan liabilities.

When the benefits of a plan are improved, the portion of the increased benefit relating to past service by employees is 
recognized in the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the average period until the benefits become 
vested. To the extent that the benefits vest immediately, the expense is recognized immediately in the consolidated 
income statement.

The Company recognizes all actuarial gains and losses arising from defined benefit plans directly in other comprehensive 
income immediately and reports them in retained earnings.

64

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2021    ANNUAL REPORTThe Company determines the net interest expense on the net defined benefit liability for the period by applying the 
discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the then-net defined 
benefit liability, taking into account any changes in the net defined benefit liability during the period as a result of the 
contributions and benefit balances. Net interest expense and other expenses related to the defined benefit plans are 
recognized in profit or loss. 

(iii)  Termination benefits

Termination benefits are recognized as an expense when the Company is demonstrably committed, without realistic 
possibility of withdrawal, to a formal detailed plan to either terminate employment before the normal retirement date or 
provide termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. Termination benefits for 
voluntary redundancies are recognized as an expense if the Company has made an offer of voluntary redundancy, it is 
probable that the offer will be accepted and the number of acceptances can be estimated reliably. If benefits are payable 
more than 12 months after the reporting period, then they are discounted to their present value. 

(iv)  Short-term benefits

Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are recognized as the related service 
is provided.

(v)  Share-based payment transactions

For  equity-settled  share-based  plans,  the  grant-date  fair  value  of  options  granted  to  employees  is  recognized  as  an 
employee expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period that the employees become unconditionally 
entitled to the options. The amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of share options 
for which the related service and non-market vesting conditions are expected to be met. The fair value of employee stock 
options is measured using the Black-Scholes model. Measurement inputs include the share price on the measurement 
date, the exercise price of the instrument, the expected volatility, the weighted-average expected life of the instrument, 
the expected dividends, and the risk-free interest rate. Service and non-market performance conditions attached to the 
transactions are not taken into account in determining fair value.

For  equity-settled  share-based  deferred  share  unit  (“DSU”)  plans,  the  grant-date  fair  value  of  deferred  share  units  is 
recognized as an employee expense, with a corresponding increase in equity. The grant-date fair value is not subsequently 
remeasured. The value of DSUs received in lieu of dividends is also recognized as a personnel expense in selling, general 
and administrative expenses in the consolidated income statement. 

(j)  Provisions

A provision is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation that 
can be estimated reliably and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. 
Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The unwinding of the discount is recognized 
as a finance cost. 

(k)  Revenue

Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer. Revenue is recognized as 
performance  obligations  are  satisfied  and  the  Company  transfers  control  of  a  product  or  service  to  a  customer.  For 
performance obligations satisfied at a point in time, revenue is recognized when the Company has a present right to 
payment, the buyer has legal title to the asset, physical possession of the asset has transferred to the buyer, the buyer has 
the significant risks and rewards of ownership and the buyer has accepted the asset. Generally, the buyer obtains control 
at the time goods are shipped, the product is delivered or services are rendered. For performance obligations satisfied 
over time, revenue is recognized by measuring the progress toward complete satisfaction of that performance obligation. 
For customer contracts that contain multiple performance obligations, each element is treated separately for revenue 
recognition purposes. For these contracts, the total transaction price is allocated to each obligation based on its relative 
stand-alone selling price. Revenue is then recognized for each obligation when the relevant recognition criteria are met.

Certain contracts with customers contain incentives, including the payment of discounts based on quantities purchased. 
These incentives represent variable consideration and are estimated and recognized as a reduction of related revenues. 

65

2021    ANNUAL REPORT(l)  Finance income and costs 

Finance income comprises interest income on invested funds, changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVTPL, and 
gains on hedging instruments that are recognized in the consolidated income statement. Interest income is recognized 
as it accrues in the consolidated income statement, using the effective interest method. 

Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, unwinding of the discount on provisions, changes in the fair 
value of financial assets at FVTPL, impairment losses recognized on financial assets, and losses on hedging instruments 
that are recognized in the consolidated income statement. All borrowing costs are recognized in the consolidated income 
statement using the effective interest method, except for those amounts capitalized as part of the cost of qualifying 
property, plant and equipment.

(m)  Taxation

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax expense is recognized in the consolidated income 
statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognized either in other comprehensive income or directly in 
equity. In such cases, the tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

(i)  Current tax

Current tax expense is based on the results for the period as adjusted for items that are not taxable or not deductible. 
Current tax is calculated using tax rates and laws that were enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting 
period and includes any adjustments to taxes payable in respect of previous years. Management periodically evaluates 
positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. 
Provisions are established where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

(ii)   Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognized, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets 
and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated statement of financial position. Deferred tax is calculated 
using tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period and which 
are expected to apply when the related deferred tax asset is realized or the deferred tax liability is settled.

(iii)  Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax liabilities are recognized 
for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where the reversal of the 
temporary difference can be controlled by the Company and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse 
in the foreseeable future.

(iv)  Deferred tax assets

A deferred tax asset is recognized for unused tax losses, tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent 
that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be utilized. Deferred tax assets are 
reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit 
will be realized. 

Deferred  tax  is  not  recognized  for  taxable  temporary  differences  arising  on  the  initial  recognition  of  goodwill  or  in 
respect of temporary differences that arise on initial recognition of assets and liabilities acquired other than in a business 
combination and that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss.

(n)  Share capital

All shares are recorded as equity. When share capital is repurchased, the amount of the consideration paid, which includes 
directly attributable costs, net of any tax effect, is recognized as a deduction from equity. Repurchased shares are classified 
as treasury shares and are presented as a deduction from total equity. When repurchased shares are subsequently sold or 
reissued, the amount received is recognized as an increase in equity, and the resulting surplus or deficit on the transaction 
is transferred to retained earnings.

(o)  Earnings per share

The Company presents basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) data for its Class B shares. Basic EPS is calculated by 
dividing net earnings attributable to shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of shares outstanding 
during the period. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting net earnings attributable to shareholders and the weighted 
average number of shares outstanding for the effects of all potentially dilutive shares, which primarily comprise share 
options granted to employees.

66

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2021    ANNUAL REPORT(p)  Segment reporting

A segment is a distinguishable component of the Company that is engaged either in providing related products and 
services (business segment) or in providing products and services within a particular economic environment (geographical 
segment) and that is subject to risks and returns that are different from those of other segments. Segment information is 
presented in respect of the Company’s business and geographical segments. The Company’s primary format for segment 
reporting is based on business segments. The business segments are determined based on the Company’s management 
and internal reporting structure.

Segment results, assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated 
on a reasonable basis. Unallocated items comprise mainly other investments and related revenue, loans and borrowings 
and  related  expenses,  corporate  assets  (primarily  the  Company’s  headquarters)  and  head  office  expenses.  Segment 
capital expenditure is the total cost incurred during the period to acquire property, plant and equipment and intangible 
assets, other than goodwill.

(q)  Government grants

Government grants are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that they will be received and that the Company 
will comply with conditions attached to the grant. Government grants for compensation of expenses are deducted from 
the related expense on a systematic basis in the periods in which the original expenses are recognized in profit or loss. 
Government grants related to assets are initially recognized as deferred income at fair value and then recognized in profit 
or loss as other income on a systematic basis over the useful life of the related asset. 

4 .    S E G M E N T   R E P O R T I N G

(a) 

 Business segments

The Company has four reportable segments, as described below, which are the Company’s main business units. The 
business units offer different products and services and are managed separately as they require different technology and 
marketing strategies. For each of the business units, the Company’s CEO, the chief operating decision maker, reviews 
internal management reports regularly.  

The Company’s reportable segments are the following:   

•  CCL is a converter of pressure sensitive and specialty extruded film materials for a wide range of decorative, instructional, 
functional and security applications for government institutions and large global customers in the consumer packaging, 
healthcare  &  chemicals,  consumer  electronic  device  and  automotive  markets.  Extruded  &  laminated  plastic  tubes, 
aluminum aerosols & specialty bottles, folded instructional leaflets, precision decorated & die cut components, electronic 
displays, polymer banknote substrate and other complementary products and services are sold in parallel to specific  
end-use markets.

•  Avery  is  a  supplier  of  labels,  specialty  converted  media  and  software  solutions  to  enable  short-run  digital  printing  in 
businesses and homes alongside complementary office products sold through distributors and mass-market retailers. 
The products are split into three primary lines: (1) Printable Media, including address labels, shipping labels, marketing 
and  product  identification  labels,  business  cards,  and  name  badges  supported  by  customized  software  solutions;   
(2) Organizational Products Group, including binders, sheet protectors, indexes & dividers and writing instruments;  
(3) Direct-to-Consumer digitally imaged media, including labels, business cards, name badges, event badges, wristbands 
and family-oriented identification labels supported by unique web-enabled e-commerce URLs. 

•  Checkpoint  is  a  manufacturer  of  technology-driven  loss-prevention,  inventory-management  and  labeling  solutions, 
including radio frequency and radio frequency identification (“RFID”) solutions, to the retail and apparel industry. The 
Segment has three primary product lines: Merchandise Availability Solutions (“MAS”), Apparel Labeling Solutions (“ALS”) 
and “Meto.” The MAS line focuses on electronic-article-surveillance (“EAS”) systems; hardware, software, labels and tags 
for loss prevention and inventory control systems including RFID solutions. ALS products are apparel labels and tags, some 
of which are RFID capable. Meto supplies hand-held pricing tools and labels and promotional in-store displays. 

•  Innovia supplies specialty, high-performance, multi-layer, surface-engineered biaxially oriented polypropylene (“BOPP”) 
films from facilities in Australia, Belgium, Mexico, Poland and the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) to customers in the pressure-
sensitive label materials, flexible packaging and consumer packaged goods industries worldwide. Additionally, a small 
percentage of the total volume is sold internally to CCL Secure while two smaller film facilities, in Germany and the U.S., 
produce almost their entire output for CCL Label.   

67

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
CCL 
Avery 
Checkpoint 
Innovia 

Corporate expenses 
Restructuring and other items 
Earnings in equity-accounted investments   
Finance cost 
Finance income 
Interest on lease liabilities 
Income tax expense 

Net earnings 

$ 

2021 

3,498.2 
708.9 
772.5 
753.2 

$ 

Sales 

2020 

3,357.6 
634.2 
635.5 
615.0 

$ 

$ 

5,732.8 

$ 

5,242.3 

$ 

 Operating Income

$ 

$ 

2021 

545.8 
148.8 
115.5 
81.2 

891.3 

(60.6) 
(4.4) 
11.2 
(59.4) 
7.7 
(5.2) 
(181.5) 

2020

 552.8
 113.3 
 80.3
 77.1

 823.5

 (46.7)
 (27.6)
 9.5
 (67.9)
 9.1
 (6.4)
 (163.8)

Total Assets 

Total Liabilities

Depreciation 
 and Amortization 

Capital Expenditures

 $  

599.1 

$ 

 529.7

December 31 

2021 

2020 

  2021 

2020 

2021  

2020 

2021 

2020

CCL 
Avery 
Checkpoint 
Innovia 
Equity-accounted investments  
Corporate 

 $  3,919.6 
  827.1 
  1,101.8 
  1,167.0 
68.4 
543.9 

$  3,805.6 
707.1 
975.1 
  1,145.9 
66.1 
636.9 

$  1,088.9 
266.7 
538.4 
300.7 
– 
  1,686.1 

$ 1,066.8 
231.9 
497.7 
288.7 
– 
  1,969.4 

$  226.5 
25.4 
39.5 
49.4 
– 
1.6 

$  231.3 
26.4 
38.2 
48.9 
– 
1.6 

$  230.6 
14.7 
31.5 
47.0 
– 
– 

$  197.8
22.0
22.0
41.0
–
–

Total 

$  7,627.8 

$  7,336.7 

$  3,880.8 

$ 4,054.5 

$  342.4 

$  346.4 

$  323.8 

$  282.8

All revenues are from products and services transferred at a point in time, except $76.3 million for the twelve-month 
period ended December 31, 2021 (December 31, 2020 – $69.6 million), which are for installation and maintenance service 
arrangements within the Checkpoint Segment.

(b) 

 Geographical segments

The  CCL,  Avery,  Checkpoint  and  Innovia  Segments  are  managed  on  a  worldwide  basis  but  operate  in  the  following 
geographical areas:

•  Canada;
•  United States and Puerto Rico;
•  Mexico, Brazil, Chile and Argentina;
•  Europe; and
•  Asia, Australia, Africa and New Zealand.

Canada 
United States and Puerto Rico 
Mexico, Brazil, Chile and Argentina 
Europe 
Asia, Australia, Africa and New Zealand 

Property, Plant and  
Equipment, Goodwill  
and Intangible Assets

$ 

2021 

70.8 
1,759.7 
566.1 
1,716.5 
763.4 

$ 

2020

71.3
1,709.7
522.8
1,719.1
785.9

Sales 

2020 

126.1 
2,086.2 
431.4 
1,697.9 
900.7 

$ 

$ 

2021 

134.3 
2,252.2 
487.8 
1,819.7 
1,038.8 

Consolidated 

$ 

5,732.8 

$ 

5,242.3 

$ 

4,876.5 

$ 

4,808.8

The geographical segment is determined based on the location from which the sale is made.

68

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.   AC Q U I S I T I O N S 

(a)  Acquisitions in 2021

In April 2021, the Company acquired the assets of Europack Packaging and Fluid Management GmbH (“Europack”) for 
approximately $0.9 million. Europack was added to the CCL Segment.

In  May  2021,  the  Company  acquired  privately  held  Lux  Global  Label  Asia  Pte.  Ltd.  (“LUX”),  based  in  Singapore  for 
approximately $9.4 million, net of cash. LUX produces decorative labels for global consumer product customers in the 
ASEAN region. LUX now trades as “CCL Label Singapore.” 

In July 2021, the Company acquired privately owned Plum Paper LLC (“Plum”), based in California, U.S. for approximately 
$26.3 million, net of cash acquired. Plum is a leading supplier of personalized planners and is part of Avery’s growing 
direct-to-consumer business.

In July 2021, the Company acquired the Uniter Group of companies (“Uniter”), based in A Coruña, Spain, with operations in 
Europe, Asia and North Africa for approximately $50.4 million, including debt assumed and net of cash acquired. Uniter’s 
five factories are part of the Checkpoint Apparel Labeling Solutions business.

In December 2021, the Company acquired Desarrollo e Investigación S.A. de C.V. and Fuzetouch PTE LTD (Singapore) 
(collectively “D&F”) headquartered in San Luis Potosi, Mexico, for approximately $51.3 million net of cash acquired. D&F 
is a leading supplier of graphic interface control panels and assemblies and now trades as “CCL Design”. 

In  December  2021,  the  Company  acquired  Forever  Blue  Investimentos  e  Participacoes  S.  A.  (d.b.a.  “Tecnoblu”), 
headquartered in Blumenau, Brazil for $17.7 million net of cash and debt. Tecnoblu is now a part of the Checkpoint Apparel 
Labeling Solutions business.

In December 2021, the Company acquired the pharmaceutical leaflet printing press and customer list from the Laramara 
Foundation (“Laramara”) in São Paulo, Brazil for $0.8 million, These assets were added to the CCL Segment.

In December 2021, the Company acquired Lodging Access Systems, LLC, (“LAS”), based in Florida, U.S. for $26.4 million, 
net of cash acquired. LAS is a leading supplier of digitally printed and encoded RFID key cards, wrist bands and key fobs 
for access controls. LAS further expands Avery’s direct-to-consumer business.

In December 2021, the Company acquired International Master Products Corporation (“IMP”), based in Michigan, U.S., for 
$61.4 million net of cash acquired. IMP is a leading provider of labels and tags for the U.S. horticulture industry through 
digitally enabled design software, expanding Avery’s direct-to-consumer business.

The following table summarizes the allocation of the consideration to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed for the Europack, LUX, Plum, Uniter, D&F, Tecnoblu, Laramara, LAS and IMP acquisitions:

Cash consideration, net of cash acquired 
Assumed debt 

Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses 
Property, plant and equipment 
Right-of-use assets 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets 
Deferred tax assets 
Trade and other payables 
Income taxes payable 
Lease liabilities 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Provisions and other long-term liabilities 

Net assets acquired 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

234.4
10.2

244.6

31.5
17.9
2.2
32.4
4.6
116.7
69.7
0.5
(16.0)
(4.3)
(4.5)
(5.1)
(1.0)

244.6

69

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As a result of the inherent complexity associated with the valuation of net assets acquired, the determination of the fair 
value of assets and liabilities acquired for D&F, Tecnoblu, Laramara, LAS and IMP are based upon preliminary estimates 
and assumptions. The Company will continue to review information prior to finalizing the fair value of the assets acquired 
and liabilities assumed. The actual fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed may differ from the amounts 
noted above.

Goodwill is comprised of the excess fair value of the consideration paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired. 
Factors  that  make  up  the  amount  of  goodwill  recognized  include  expected  synergies  and  employee  knowledge  of 
operations. The total amount of goodwill and intangible assets for Europack, LUX, Plum, Uniter, D&F, Tecnoblu, Laramara, 
LAS and IMP is $186.4 million, $94.0 million of which is deductible for tax purposes.

The following table summarizes the combined sales and net earnings that the newly acquired Europack, LUX, Plum, Uniter, 
D&F, Tecnoblu, Laramara, LAS and IMP have contributed to the Company for the current reporting period.

Sales 

Net earnings  

(b)  Pro forma information

Twelve Months Ended  
December 31, 2021

$ 

$ 

32.6

2.1

The  pro  forma  consolidated  financial  information  below  has  been  prepared  following  the  accounting  policies  of  the 
Company as if the acquisitions took place on January 1, 2021.

The pro forma consolidated financial information has been presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily 
indicative of the results of operations and financial position that would have been achieved had the pro forma events taken 
place on the dates indicated, or the future consolidated results of operations or financial position of the consolidated 
company. Future results may vary significantly from the pro forma results presented. 

The historical consolidated financial information has been adjusted in preparing the pro forma consolidated financial 
information to give effect to events that are: (i) directly attributable to the acquisitions; (ii) factually supportable; and (iii) with 
respect to revenues and earnings, expected to have a continuing impact on the results of CCL Industries Inc. As such, the 
impact from acquisition-related expenses is not included in the accompanying pro forma consolidated financial information. 
The pro forma consolidated financial information does not reflect any cost savings (or associated costs to achieve such 
savings) from operating efficiencies, synergies or other restructuring that could result from the acquisitions.    

The following table summarizes the sales and net earnings of the Company combined with Europack, LUX, Plum, Uniter, 
D&F, Tecnoblu, Laramara, LAS and IMP as though the acquisitions took place on January 1, 2021: 

Sales 

Net earnings  

(c)  Acquisitions in 2020

Twelve Months Ended  
December 31, 2021

$ 

$ 

5,882.6

618.3

In January 2020, the Company acquired IDentilam Limited (“IDentilam”) based in Horsham, U.K., for approximately $2.9 
million, net of cash acquired. The company designs and develops a range of software solutions for event badging and 
identification cards along with digital printing services. IDentilam was added to Avery’s direct-to-consumer operations.

In January 2020, the Company acquired I.D.&C. World Holdco Ltd (“ID&C”), with operations in Tunbridge Wells, U.K., and 
Bradenton, Florida, for approximately $35.5 million, net of cash acquired. ID&C is a global leader in live event badges and 
wristbands. ID&C was added to Avery’s direct-to-consumer operations.

In January 2020, the Company acquired privately owned Ibertex Etiquetaje Industrial S.L.U. and Eti-Textil Maroc S.a.r.l. AU 
(“Eti-Textil”), for approximately $20.1 million, net of cash and debt. Eti-Textil, headquartered in Elche, Spain, with satellite 
manufacturing in Tangier, Morocco, is an apparel label producer that was integrated into the Apparel Labeling Solutions 
business of Checkpoint.

In February 2020, the Company acquired the remaining 50% interest in its aluminum slug joint venture, Rheinfelden 
Americas,  LLC  (“Rheinfelden”),  by  assuming  $18.8  million  of  net  debt  previously  held  in  the  venture.  The  business 
immediately changed its name to CCL Metal Science with results reported within the CCL Segment.

70

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In February 2020, the Company acquired Clinical Systems, Inc. (“CSI”), based in Garden City, New York, U.S. for approximately 
$19.7 million, net of cash acquired. CSI is a specialized provider to the U.S. clinical trials industry and operates as part of 
CCL Label’s Healthcare and Specialty business.

In March 2020, the Company acquired Flexpol Sp. z.o.o. (“Flexpol”), a privately owned company based in Plock, Poland, 
for approximately $23.5 million, net of cash acquired. Flexpol is a leading producer of BOPP film for the European market 
and was added to the Innovia Segment.

In July 2020, the Company acquired InTouch Labels and Packaging, Co., Inc. (“InTouch”), based near Boston, Massachusetts, 
for approximately $11.1 million, net of cash and debt. InTouch is a specialized short-run digital label converter and was 
added to Avery’s direct-to-consumer business.

In  October  2020,  the  Company  acquired  Graphic  West  International  ApS  (“GWI”),  headquartered  in  Denmark,  with 
operations in Europe and North America, for approximately $35.2 million, net of cash and debt. This new operation brings 
expanded capabilities and geographic reach in digitally printed cartons for the pharmaceutical industry. The company 
now trades as “CCL Specialty Cartons”.

In November 2020, the Company acquired privately owned Super Enterprises Printing (Malaysia) Sdn. Bnd. (“SEP”) for 
approximately $18.4 million, net of cash.  SEP headquartered in Kuala Lumpur, with a second manufacturing operation 
in Guangzhou, China. SEP manufactures decorative panels, liquid crystal and touch-screen display covers and in-mould 
decorated components for the consumer electronics and automotive sectors across Asia. The company now trades as 
“CCL Design.”

 The following table summarizes the allocation of the consideration to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed for the IDentilam, ID&C, Eti-Textil, CSI, Rheinfelden, Flexpol, InTouch, GWI and SEP acquisitions:

Cash consideration, net of cash acquired 
Assumed debt 

Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Other current assets 
Income tax recoverable 
Property, plant and equipment 
Right-of-use assets 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets 
Trade and other payables 
Lease liabilities 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Provisions and other long-term liabilities 

Net assets acquired 

6.   C A S H   A N D   C A S H   E Q U I VA L E N T S

Bank balances 
Restricted cash 
Short-term investments  

Cash and cash equivalents 

$ 

$ 

$ 

164.4 
20.8

185.2 

30.5 
13.4 
 0.9 
 1.7 
59.2 
 7.2 
 99.3
 24.0
(34.2)
 (4.7)
 (9.3)
 (2.8)

$ 

185.2

  December 31,  
2021 

  December 31,  
2020

$ 

$ 

584.1 
8.0 
10.0 

602.1 

$  

$  

697.0
3.4
3.3

703.7

71

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.   T R A D E   A N D   OT H E R   R E C E I VA B L E S

Trade receivables 
Other receivables 

Trade and other receivables 

8 .  

I N V E N TO R I E S

Raw material 
Work in progress 
Finished goods 

Total inventories 

  December 31,  
2021 

  December 31,  
2020

$ 

$ 

948.4 
135.4 

1,083.8 

$  

$  

809.9
112.9

922.8

  December 31,  
2021 

  December 31,  
2020

$ 

$ 

305.4 
67.8 
304.1 

677.3 

$  

$  

215.1
61.7
256.7

533.5

The total amount of inventories recognized as an expense in 2021 was $4,140.7 million (2020 – $3,740.1 million), including 
depreciation of $284.0 million (2020 – $288.0 million). 

9.   E Q U I T Y-AC C O U N T E D   I N V E S T M E N T S 

Summary financial information for equity-accounted investments, including joint ventures and associates, not adjusted 
for the percentage ownership held by the Company, is as follows:

Net earnings 
Other comprehensive loss 

Total comprehensive income 

Carrying amount of investments in associates and joint ventures 

Net earnings 
Other comprehensive income (loss) 

Total comprehensive income (loss) 

Carrying amount of investments in associates and joint ventures 

At December 31, 2021

  Associates 

 Joint Ventures 

Total

$ 

$ 

$ 

6.2 
– 

6.2 

31.1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

16.3 
(5.5) 

10.8 

37.3 

$ 

$ 

$ 

22.5
(5.5)

17.0

68.4

At December 31, 2020

  Associates 

 Joint Ventures 

Total

$ 

$ 

$ 

5.6 
(7.8) 

(2.2) 

28.1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

13.4 
3.4 

16.8 

38.0 

$ 

$ 

$ 

19.0
(4.4)

14.6

66.1

72

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 0.   P R O P E R T Y,   P L A N T   A N D   E Q U I P M E N T 

Cost  
Balance at January 1, 2020 
Acquisitions through business combinations  
Other additions 
Other movements 
Disposals 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Land and  
Buildings 

  Machinery  
and  
  Equipment 

Fixtures, 
Fittings  
and Other 

$ 

$ 

849.0 
18.8 
45.9 
21.3 
(20.1) 
(0.6) 

$ 

2,525.4 
40.1 
233.6 
(23.0) 
(17.4) 
(41.2) 

$ 

45.0 
0.3 
3.3 
1.7 
(0.4) 
– 

Total 

3,419.4
59.2
282.8
–
(37.9)
(41.8)

Balance at December 31, 2020 

$ 

914.3 

$ 

2,717.5 

$ 

49.9 

$ 

3,681.7

Acquisitions through business combinations 
Other additions 
Other movements 
Disposals 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2021 

Accumulated depreciation  
Balance at January 1, 2020 
Depreciation for the year 
Other movements 
Disposals 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

11.1 
15.9 
10.2 
(5.9) 
(32.6) 

913.0 

235.6 
35.7 
4.1 
(8.9) 
(0.1) 

20.7 
305.3 
(47.1) 
(33.7) 
(97.0) 

0.6 
2.6 
(1.1) 
(0.6) 
(2.3) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,865.7 

 $  

49.1 

$ 

1,338.7 
207.5 
(4.2) 
(14.9) 
(25.5) 

26.9 
4.3 
0.1 
(0.3) 
– 

32.4
323.8
(38.0)
(40.2)
(131.9)

3,827.8

1,601.2
247.5
–
(24.1)
(25.6)

$ 

$ 

Balance at December 31, 2020 

$ 

266.4 

$ 

1,501.6 

$ 

31.0 

$ 

1,799.0

Depreciation for the year 
Other movements 
Disposals 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2021 

Carrying amounts 
At December 31, 2020 
At December 31, 2021 

35.5 
(1.8) 
(1.7) 
(9.8) 

288.6 

647.9 
624.4 

$ 

$ 
$ 

205.4 
(30.8) 
(27.0) 
(52.0) 

1,597.2 

1,215.9 
1,268.5 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

4.4 
(1.6) 
(0.5) 
(1.6) 

31.7 

18.9 
17.4 

$ 

$ 
$ 

245.3
(34.2)
(29.2)
(63.4)

1,917.5

1,882.7
1,910.3

73

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 1 .   L E A S E S

(a)  Right-of-use assets

Right-of-use assets related to leased properties that do not meet the definition of investment property are presented as 
property, plant and equipment (see note 10).

Land and  
Buildings 

  Machinery  
and  
  Equipment 

Other 

Total 

Cost  
Balance at January 1, 2020 
Acquisitions through business combinations  
Other additions 
Other movements 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

$ 

$ 

145.9 
7.0 
38.3 
(5.9) 
(3.7) 

$ 

13.6 
0.1 
1.2 
(0.6) 
(0.1) 

$ 

24.5 
0.1 
9.0 
(1.3) 
(2.2) 

Balance at December 31, 2020 

$ 

181.6 

$ 

14.2 

$ 

30.1 

$ 

Acquisitions through business combinations  
Other additions 
Other movements 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2021 

Accumulated depreciation  
Balance at January 1, 2020 
Depreciation for the year 
Other movements 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

2.9 
19.3 
(10.7) 
(6.7) 

186.4 

25.6 
27.7 
(3.1) 
(4.6) 

$ 

$ 

1.5 
2.7 
(4.3) 
(0.3) 

13.8 

3.8 
4.1 
(0.6) 
(0.2) 

$ 

$ 

0.2 
9.2 
(4.1) 
(1.7) 

33.7 

8.1 
9.6 
(1.0) 
(1.9) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Balance at December 31, 2020 

$ 

45.6 

$ 

7.1 

$ 

14.8 

$ 

Depreciation for the year 
Other movements 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2021 

Carrying amounts 
At December 31, 2020 
At December 31, 2021 

26.5 
(8.5) 
(1.8) 

61.8 

136.0 
124.6 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

4.0 
(2.6) 
(0.1) 

8.4 

7.1 
5.4 

$ 

$ 
$ 

9.1 
(5.0) 
(0.7) 

18.2 

15.3 
15.5 

$ 

$ 
$ 

(b)  Amounts recognized in the consolidated income statements and statements of cash flows 

184.0
7.2
48.5
(7.8)
(6.0)

225.9

4.6
31.2
(19.1)
(8.7)

233.9

37.5
41.4
(4.7)
(6.7)

67.5

39.6
(16.1)
(2.6)

88.4

158.4
145.5

Interest on lease liabilities 
Expenses relating to short-term leases  
Expenses relating to low-value asset leases, excluding short-term leases of low-value assets 
Total cash out flow for leases 

  December 31,  
2021 

  December 31,  
2020

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

5.2 
4.7 
0.5 
46.5 

 $  
 $  
 $  
 $  

6.4
3.1
0.5
53.1

74

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 2 .   I N TA N G I B L E   A S S E T S 

Customer 
Relationships 

Patents,  
Trademarks  
and Other 

Brands 

 Total 

Goodwill

Cost 
Balance at January 1, 2020 
Acquisitions through  
  business combinations 
Other additions 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

 $  

679.5 

$ 

181.9 

$ 

433.0 

$ 

1,294.4 

$ 

1,794.4

24.0 
– 
6.6 

– 
0.1 
6.7 

– 
– 
(0.7) 

24.0 
0.1 
12.6 

102.6
–
21.5

Balance at December 31, 2020 

 $  

710.1 

$ 

188.7 

$ 

432.3 

$ 

1,331.1 

$ 

1,918.5

Acquisitions through  
  business combinations 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

69.2 
(21.9) 

Balance at December 31, 2021 

 $  

757.4 

Accumulated Amortization  
Balance at January 1, 2020 
Amortization for the year 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

 $  

217.6 
46.0 
(1.0) 

$ 

$ 

Balance at December 31, 2020 

 $  

262.6 

$ 

Amortization for the year 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

46.4 
(8.0) 

Balance at December 31, 2021 

 $  

301.0 

Carrying amounts 
At December 31, 2020 
At December 31, 2021 

 $  
 $  

447.5 
456.4 

$ 

$ 
$ 

0.5 
(7.8) 

181.4 

48.1 
11.5 
1.3 

60.9 

11.1 
(2.1) 

69.9 

127.8 
111.5 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

– 
(9.1) 

423.2 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

432.3 
423.2 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

69.7 
(38.8) 

1,362.0 

265.7 
57.5 
0.3 

323.5 

57.5 
(10.1) 

370.9 

1,007.6 
991.1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

116.7
(60.1)

1,975.1

–
–
–

–

–
–

–

1,918.5
1,975.1

1 3 .   G O O DW I L L   A N D   I N D E F I N I T E - L I F E   I N TA N G I B L E   A S S E T S

Impairment testing for cash-generating units containing goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets

For  the  purpose  of  impairment  testing,  goodwill  and  indefinite-life  intangible  assets  are  allocated  to  the  Company’s 
operating segments, which represent the lowest level within the Company at which goodwill is monitored for internal 
management purposes.

The aggregate carrying amounts of goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets allocated to each unit are as follows:

Goodwill 
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
Innovia 

Indefinite-life intangible assets – brands 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
Innovia 

  December 31,  
2021 

  December 31,  
2020

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,160.6 
240.3 
241.1 
333.1 

$ 

1,173.6
188.1
212.5
344.3

1,975.1 

 $ 

1,918.5

187.6 
180.3 
55.4 

423.3 

$ 

$ 

191.3
184.6
56.4

432.3

75

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impairment testing for goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets was done by a comparison of the asset’s carrying 
amount to its estimated value in use, determined by discounting the CGU future cash flows. Key assumptions used in the 
determination of the value in use include long-term growth rates of 3% to 5% and pre-tax discount rates of 8% to 10%. 
Discount rates reflect current market assumptions and risks related to the CGUs and are based upon the weighted average 
cost of capital. The Company’s historical growth rates are used as the basis in determining the growth rate applied for 
impairment testing.

The Company completed its impairment testing as at September 30, 2021. 

The estimated values in use of CCL, Avery, Checkpoint and Innovia CGUs exceeded their carrying values. As a result, no 
goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets impairment was recorded during 2021.

1 4 .   T R A D E   A N D   OT H E R   PAYA B L E S

Trade payables 
Other payables 

Trade and other payables 

1 5.   D E F E R R E D   TA X

(a)   Unrecognized deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of the following items:

Deductible temporary differences 
Tax losses 
Income tax credits 

  December 31,  
2021 

  December 31,  
2020

$ 

$ 

782.2 
539.3 

$  

633.2
502.5

1,321.5 

$  

1,135.7

  December 31,  
2021 

  December 31,  
2020

$ 

$ 

8.1 
58.4 
1.1 

67.6 

$  

$  

9.9
58.0
7.2

75.1

The unrecognized deferred tax assets on tax losses of $10.1 million will expire between 2022 and 2031, $8.1 million will 
expire beyond 2031, and $40.2 million may be carried forward indefinitely. The deductible temporary differences of $8.1 
million do not expire under current tax legislation. Income tax credits of $1.1 million will expire between 2022 and 2027 
and relate mainly to foreign tax credits in the United States. Deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of 
these items because it is not probable that future taxable income will be available against which the Company can utilize 
the benefits therefrom. 

76

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)  Recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

Assets 

Liabilities 

Net (Assets) Liabilities

  December 31,  
2021 

  December 31,  
2020 

  December 31,  
2021 

  December 31,  
2020 

 December 31,  
2021 

 December 31, 
2020

 $  

$ 

Property, plant  
  and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Derivatives 
Inventory reserves 
Employee benefit plans   
Share-based payments 
Capitalized research  
  and development 
Provisions and other  

items 

Tax loss carry-forwards  

Balance before offset 

1.8 
– 
– 
14.8 
79.9 
8.0 

3.8 

58.0 
13.7 

180.0 

 $  

1.8 
– 
0.4 
14.0 
78.9 
4.2 

5.9 

63.7 
10.1 

179.0 

Offset of tax 

(132.3) 

(136.3) 

 $  

 $  

127.1 
275.7 
7.2 
0.4 
– 
– 

– 

8.5 
– 

418.9 

(132.3) 

 $  

123.5 
267.6 
1.7 
0.4 
– 
– 

– 

13.9 
– 

407.1 

(136.3) 

125.3 
275.7 
7.2 
(14.4) 
(79.9) 
(8.0) 

(3.8) 

(49.5) 
(13.7) 

238.9 

– 

121.7 
267.6 
1.3 
(13.6) 
(78.9) 
(4.2) 

(5.9) 

(49.8) 
(10.1) 

228.1 

– 

Balance after offset 

$ 

47.7 

 $  

42.7 

 $  

286.6 

 $  

270.8 

 $  

238.9 

 $  

228.1 

Balance at 
December 31,  
2020 
Liability (Asset) 

Recognized 
in Income  
Statement 

Acquisitions 

Translation 
and Others 

Recognized  
in Other 
 Comprehensive  

Balance at 
 December 31, 
2021 
Income/Equity  Liability (Asset)

$  

Property, plant  
  and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Derivatives 
Inventory reserves 
Employee benefit plans   
Share-based payments 
Capitalized research  
  and development 
Provisions and other  

items 

Tax loss carry-forwards  

$ 

121.7 
267.6 
1.3 
(13.6) 
(78.9) 
(4.2) 

(5.9) 

(49.8) 
(10.1) 

$  

228.1 

$ 

5.1 
8.3 
(0.9) 
(0.9) 
(12.8) 
(2.3) 

2.0 

(4.1) 
(4.1) 

(9.7) 

$ 

$ 

0.1 
5.0 
– 
(0.1) 
(0.3) 
– 

– 

(0.4) 
– 

$ 

(1.6) 
(5.2) 
0.1 
0.2 
– 
(0.1) 

0.1 

4.8 
0.5 

$ 

– 
– 
6.7 
– 
12.1 
(1.4) 

– 

– 
– 

125.3
275.7
7.2
(14.4)
(79.9)
(8.0)

(3.8)

(49.5)
(13.7)

$ 

4.3 

$ 

(1.2) 

$ 

17.4 

$ 

238.9

77

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at 
December 31,  
2019 
Liability (Asset) 

Recognized 
in Income  
Statement 

Acquisitions 

Translation 
and Others 

Recognized  
in Other 
 Comprehensive  

Balance at 
 December 31, 
2020 
Income/Equity  Liability (Asset)

$  

Property, plant  
  and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Derivatives 
Inventory reserves 
Employee benefit plans   
Share-based payments 
Capitalized research  
  and development 
Provisions and other  

items 

Tax loss carry-forwards  

$ 

109.9 
263.6 
(1.5) 
(12.3) 
(63.1) 
(3.4) 

(8.5) 

(58.6) 
(11.5) 

$ 

10.6 
2.4 
5.4 
(1.6) 
(13.8) 
(1.0) 

2.6 

8.6 
1.5 

$  

214.6 

$ 

14.7 

$ 

4.1 
5.4 
– 
(0.1) 
(0.1) 
– 

– 

0.3 
– 

9.6 

$ 

$ 

(2.9) 
(3.8) 
0.2 
0.4 
(0.6) 
– 

– 

(0.1) 
(0.1) 

(6.9) 

$ 

$ 

– 
– 
(2.8) 
– 
(1.3) 
0.2 

– 

– 
– 

$ 

(3.9) 

$ 

121.7
267.6
1.3
(13.6)
(78.9)
(4.2)

(5.9)

(49.8)
(10.1)

228.1

The aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures for which 
deferred tax liabilities were not recognized as at December 31, 2021, is $2,903.9 million (2020 – $2,214.7 million).

The aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures for which 
deferred tax assets were not recognized as at December 31, 2021, is $18.1 million (2020 – $20.6 million).

1 6.   S H A R E   C A P I TA L 

Shares issued (in millions) 

Balance, January 1, 2020  
Stock options exercised   

Balance, December 31, 2020 
Stock options exercised   
Director share units exercised 
Restricted share units exercised 

Balance, December 31, 2021 

Class A 
Shares 

Amount 

11.8 
– 

11.8 
– 
– 
– 

11.8 

 $  

 $  

$ 

4.5 
– 

4.5 
– 
– 
– 

4.5 

Class B 
Shares  

166.8 
0.6 

167.4 
0.9 
* 
0.1 

$ 

$ 

Amount  

361.0 
31.3 

392.3 
61.8 
0.5 
3.0 

 $  

 $  

168.4 

$ 

457.6 

 $  

Total 

365.5
31.3

396.8
61.8
0.5
3.0

462.1

* Number of class B non-voting shares issued was nominal.

At December 31, 2021, the authorized share capital comprised an unlimited number of Class A voting shares and an 
unlimited number of Class B non-voting shares. The Class A and Class B shares have no par value. All issued shares are 
fully paid. Both Class A and Class B shares are classified as equity. 

(a)  Class A

The holders of Class A shares receive dividends set at $0.01 per share per annum less than Class B shares; they are entitled 
to one vote per share at meetings of the Company, and their shares are convertible at any time into Class B shares. 

(b)  Class B

Class B shares rank equally in all material respects with Class A shares, except as follows:

(i)    Holders of Class B shares are entitled to receive material and attend, but not to vote at, regular  shareholder  meetings.

(ii)   Holders of Class B shares are entitled to voting privileges when consideration for the Class A shares,  under a takeover 

bid when voting control has been acquired, exceeds 115% of the market price of  the Class B shares.

(iii)  Holders of Class B shares are entitled to receive, or have set aside for payment, dividends declared by the Board of 

Directors from time to time, set at $0.01 per share per annum greater than Class A shares.

78

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends

The annual dividends per share were as follows:

Class A share  
Class B share 

1 7.   E A R N I N G S   P E R   S H A R E 

Basic earnings per share

2021 

0.83 
0.84 

$ 
$ 

2020

0.71
0.72

$ 
$ 

The calculation of basic earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2021, was based on profit attributable to 
Class A shares of $39.3 million (2020 – $35.0 million) and Class B shares of $559.8 million (2020 – $494.7 million) and a 
weighted average number of Class A shares outstanding of 11.8 million (2020 – 11.8 million) and Class B shares outstanding 
of 167.9 million (2020 – 166.9 million).

Weighted average number of shares (in millions)

Issued and outstanding shares at January 1  
Effect of stock options exercised 

Weighted average number of shares at December 31 

Diluted earnings per share

Class A  
Shares 

11.8 
– 

11.8 

2021 

Class B  
Shares 

167.4 
0.5 

167.9 

Class A  
Shares  

11.8 
– 

11.8 

2020

Class B 
Shares 

166.8
0.1

166.9

The calculation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2021, was based on profit attributable to 
Class A shares of $39.1 million (2020 – $34.8 million) and Class B shares of $560.0 million (2020 – $494.9 million) and 
a diluted weighted average number of Class A shares outstanding of 11.8 million (2020 – 11.8 million) and Class B shares 
outstanding of 169.1 million (2020 – 168.0 million).

Weighted average number of shares – diluted (in millions)

Weighted average number of shares (basic)  
Effect of deferred share units on issue 
Effect of share-based compensation 

Weighted average number of shares (diluted)  

  December 31,  
2021 

  December 31,  
2020

179.7 
0.2 
1.0 

180.9 

178.7
0.2
0.9

179.8

The average market value of the Company’s shares for purposes of calculating the dilutive effect of share options was 
based on quoted market prices for the year that the options were outstanding.

79

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 8 .   LOA N S   A N D   B O R R OW I N G S

Current liabilities 
Current portion of unsecured bank credit facilities (ii) 
Current portion of other loans (iv) 

Short-term operating credit lines available (v) 

Short-term operating credit lines used 

Non-current liabilities   
Unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities (i) 
Unsecured notes (iii) 
Other loans (iv) 

  December 31,  
2021 

  December 31,  
2020

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 
15.3 

15.3 

10.9 

0.4 

9.5 
1,676.7 
5.2 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

50.2
1.6

51.8

42.8

14.4

202.9
1,684.2
2.3

$ 

1,691.4 

$ 

1,889.4

(i)  Unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities

As at December 31, 2021, the Company had an unsecured US$1.2 billion revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks. 
The facility bears interest at the applicable benchmark interest rate, plus an interest rate margin linked to the Company’s 
net debt to EBITDA. Borrowings under the facility were $11.0 million (CDOR plus 1.0%) along with $3.5 million of contingent 
letters of credit drawn on this syndicated bank credit facility.

As at December 31, 2020, $4.1 million of contingent letters of credit were drawn on this syndicated bank credit facility. In 
February 2020, this facility was amended, extending the maturity from March 29, 2023, to February 28, 2025.

As  at  December  31,  2020,  the  Company  had  an  unsecured  US$161.0  million  ($204.9  million;  LIBOR  plus  0.75%)  non-
revolving term loan facility with a syndicate of banks that bore interest at the applicable domestic rate, plus an interest rate 
margin linked to the Company’s net debt to EBITDA. In February 2020, this facility was amended, extending the maturity 
from February 26, 2021, to February 28, 2022. This facility was fully repaid October 29, 2021. 

The unused portion of the revolving syndicated bank credit facility was US$1,188.5 million at December 31, 2021 (December 
31, 2020 – US$1,196.8 million).

As at December 31, 2021, transaction costs related to the unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities were $1.5 million 
(December 31, 2020 - $2.0 million).

As at December 31, 2019, the Company utilized cross-currency interest rate swap agreements (“CCIRSAs”) to effectively 
convert notional US$228.4 million LIBOR-based debt into €200.0 million negative 0.28% fixed rate debt in order to hedge 
its euro-based assets and cash flows (note 24(a)). These swaps were unwound in June 2020.

(ii)  Unsecured bank credit facilities

In January 2019, the Company signed a two-year unsecured bilateral credit facility for US$35.0 million with a maturity date 
of January 22, 2021, which was extended to January 22, 2022, early in 2020, and extended, again, to January 22, 2025, 
early in 2021. This bilateral loan incurs interest at the applicable domestic rate, plus an interest rate margin and, annually, 
automatically extends out an additional year until January 22, 2024. As of December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, 
the facility was undrawn. 

In December 2019, the Company signed an uncommitted unsecured bilateral credit facility for A$65.0 million. This bilateral 
loan incurs interest at the applicable domestic rate plus an interest rate margin. As of December 31, 2021, the facility was 
undrawn. As of December 31, 2020, A$51.2 million ($50.2 million) was drawn.

80

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(iii)  Unsecured notes

Unsecured notes as at December 31, 2021, consisted of US$600.0 million ($750.5 million; 2020 - $ 754.8 million) principal 
amount of 144A 3.05% private notes, offered in a private placement in the United States in May 2020, maturing June 1, 
2030; $298.8 million (2020 - $298.6 million) principal amount of 3.864% Series 1 Notes, maturing April 13, 2028; and 
US$500.0 million ($627.4  million; 2020  -  $630.8 million) principal  amount  of  144A  3.25%  private  notes, maturing  on 
October 1, 2026. These notes bear interest payable semi-annually. The net proceeds of all three notes were used to partially 
repay amounts borrowed under the unsecured syndicated bank credit facility.

As at December 31, 2021, the Company utilized CCIRSAs to effectively convert notional US$408.5 million (2020 – US$408.5 
million) of the 144A 3.05% private notes into €360.0 million (2020 – €360.0 million) 2.06% and 2.00% fixed rate debt and 
convert notional US$376.2 million (2020 – US$376.2 million) of the 144A 3.25% private notes into €340.0 million (2020 - 
€340.0 million) 1.16% and 1.23% fixed rate debt in order to hedge its euro-based assets and cash flows (note 24(a)). 

(iv)  Other loans

Other loans include term bank loans at various rates and repayment terms.

(v)  Operating credit lines

Interest rates charged on the credit lines are based on rates varying with LIBOR, the prime rate and similar market rates 
for other currencies.

(vi)  Reconciliation of changes in liabilities arising from financing activities

Liabilities arising from financing activities are those for which cash flows were, or future cash flows will be, classified in the 
consolidated statement of cash flows as financing activities. Changes in the Company’s liabilities arising from financing 
activities are as follows: 

Balance at January 1 
Financing cash flows 
Foreign exchange 
Other  

Balance at December 31 

$  

2021 

1,941.2 
(233.4) 
(13.8) 
12.7 

$ 

2020

 2,273.6
(314.2)
(41.1)
22.9

$  

1,706.7 

$ 

 1,941.2

As at December 31, 2021, there are no assets pledged as collateral against long-term debt. As of December 31, 2020, 
the carrying amount of financial and non-financial assets pledged as collateral against $1.0 million of long-term debt 
amounted to $11.5 million.

1 9.   F I N A N C E   I N C O M E   A N D   C O S T

Recognized in consolidated income statement

Interest expense on financial liabilities measured at amortized cost 
Fees and interest recognized on other financial instruments 
Interest expense on post-employment defined benefit plans 

Finance cost 

Interest income on cash and cash equivalents 
Interest income on other assets 
Interest income on post-employment defined benefit plans 

Finance income 

Interest expense on lease liabilities 

$  

$  

2021 

58.8 
(10.1) 
10.7 

59.4 

2.4 
0.2 
5.1 

7.7 

5.2 

2020

65.5
(11.2)
13.6

67.9

1.8
0.4
6.9

9.1

6.4

Net finance cost recognized in consolidated income statement 

$ 

56.9 

$  

65.2

The above finance income and cost are with respect to assets (liabilities) not at FVTPL.

81

2021    ANNUAL REPORT    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 0.   E M P LOY E E   B E N E F I T S

Present value of wholly unfunded defined benefit obligations 
Present value of partially funded defined benefit obligations 

Total present value of obligations 
Fair value of plan assets 

Recognized liability for defined benefit obligations 
Liability for long-service leave and jubilee plans 

Total employee benefits 
Total employee benefits reported in trade and other payables 

Total employee benefits reported in non-current liabilities 

(a)  Defined contribution post-employment plans

  December 31,  
2021 

  December 31,  
2020

$ 

$ 

275.7 
506.9 

782.6 
(468.7) 

313.9 
15.4 

329.3 
13.8 

315.5 

$ 

$ 

301.2
535.3

836.5
(454.8)

381.7
15.8

397.5
12.4

385.1

The Company sponsors defined contribution post-employment plans in Canada, the U.S., Thailand, the Netherlands and 
the U.K. A post-employment plan is classified as a defined contribution plan if the Company pays fixed contributions into 
a fund at a separate entity and the Company has no further obligation to pay any further contributions if the fund does 
not hold sufficient assets to pay all employee benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. The 
expense for Company-sponsored defined contribution post-employment plans was $31.6 million in 2021 (2020 – $31.5 
million), of which $0.1 million (2020 – $0.1 million) was for key management personnel. Company contributions into 
defined contribution state plans are included in the line item Compulsory social security contributions in the table in 
note 21.

(b)  Defined benefit post-employment plans

The Company also has defined benefit post-employment plans in various countries of the world. Although some of these 
plans have elements common to defined contribution plans, the Company has accounted for these as defined benefit 
plans as they are not fully funded at a separate entity.

Partially funded defined benefit obligations

The Company’s defined benefit post-employment plans are not fully funded. The obligation of these plans, net of any 
assets, is recorded in non-current liabilities on the consolidated statement of financial position in employee benefits 
or, for payments expected to be made within the next twelve months, in trade and other payables in current liabilities. 
Fluctuations in the pension liabilities resulting from actuarial gains or losses due to changes in risk factors are recorded in 
other comprehensive income. The primary partially funded plans are in Canada, the U.K., Switzerland and the Netherlands. 
Details of these plans are as follows:

(i)    In Canada, the Company has a registered partially funded defined benefit pension plan for seven retired executives 
and one active employee. The Company makes all required contributions to the plans. Benefits are based on employee 
earnings.  An  actuary  is  involved  in  measuring  the  obligation  of  the  plan  and  in  calculating  the  expense  and  any 
contributions required. The plan is closed to new members. The primary risk factors for this plan are longevity of plan 
beneficiaries, discount rate volatility for the value of the obligation and market risk on the assets. The Company has 
determined that any surplus in the plan after all obligations have been covered is fully available to the Company.

(ii)    In the U.K., the Company has two registered partially funded defined benefit pension plans. The Company’s plan has no 
active members and is closed to new members. Benefits are based on final salary. All members of the plan are either 
deferred or retired and benefits are provided to spouses or dependents in the event of a member’s death before or 
after retirement. The Company is required to make payments of £0.8 million in deficit funding contributions annually. 
An actuary is involved in measuring the obligation of the plan and in calculating the expense and any contributions 
required. The primary risk factors for this plan are longevity of plan beneficiaries and discount rate volatility for the 
value of the obligation and market risk on the assets. The Company has determined that any surplus in the plan after 
all obligations have been covered is fully available to the Company. 

82

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 On April 6, 2019, the Innovia plan was frozen. No further benefits will be earned by members in the plan and no 
contributions will be paid into the plan other than deficit funding contributions. It is closed to new members. Benefits 
are  based  on  a  member’s  final  pensionable  salaries  and  length  of  service  at  retirement.  Benefits  are  provided  to 
spouses in the event of a member’s death before or after retirement. The Company is required to make payments of 
£1.2 million in deficit funding contributions annually. An actuary is involved in measuring the obligation of the plan and 
in calculating the expense and any contributions required. The primary risk factors for this plan are longevity of plan 
beneficiaries and discount rate volatility for the value of the obligation and market risk on the assets. The Company has 
determined that any surplus in the plan after all obligations have been covered is available to the Company if the plan 
is wound up. However, any surplus while the plan is ongoing is under the authority of the trustees. Active members 
have been moved to a defined contribution plan.

(iii)  In Switzerland, the Company provides a mandatory, legislated contribution-based cash balance plan for employees that 
is accounted for as a post-employment defined benefit plan. Benefits from the plan are paid out at retirement, disability 
or death. If an employee terminates from the Company prior to retirement, the vested benefit equal to the accumulated 
savings account balance is transferred to the pension plan of the new employer. The plan is governed by a foundation 
board that is legally responsible for the operation of the plan and includes employer and employee representation, in 
equal numbers. A legally required minimum level of retirement benefit is based on age-related savings contributions, 
an insured salary defined by law and a required rate of return set annually by the Swiss government. Contributions 
from both employers and employees are compulsory and vary according to age and salary. The primary risk factors 
for this plan are longevity of plan beneficiaries, discount rate volatility for the value of the obligation and market risk 
on the assets. Under Swiss pension law, any surplus assets technically belong to the pension plan and any reduction 
in contributions is at the discretion of the Board. 

(iv)  In the Netherlands, the Company provides a defined-benefit career average pay plan for a small number of employees. 
An actuary is involved in measuring the obligation of the plan. Benefits from the plan are paid through retirement and 
at death, before or during retirement, to the spouse or dependents. If a member of the plan leaves the Company, 
the member may choose to have the benefits of the plan transferred into the plan of the new employer. The benefit 
formula is based on a percentage of each year’s pensionable salary up to a set maximum salary, less a social security 
offset. Benefits are guaranteed by an insurance company and the Company is required to pay annual premiums on the 
insurance contract based on a contract interest rate. There are no employee contributions to the plan. The primary risk 
factors for this plan are longevity of plan beneficiaries and discount rate volatility. This plan was frozen as of December 
31, 2018, and all members were moved to a defined contribution plan.

The most recent actuarial valuation for funding purposes for the executive defined pension plan in Canada was as of 
January 1, 2021. The next required actuarial valuation will be as of January 1, 2024. The most recent actuarial valuation of 
the two U.K. defined benefit pension plans for funding purposes were as of January 1, 2020. The next required valuation 
is as of January 1, 2023.

Wholly unfunded defined benefit obligations

For defined benefit post-employment plans that have no assets, the Company simply funds the plans as benefits are paid. 
The primary wholly unfunded plans are in Canada, the U.S. and Germany. Details of these plans are as follows:

(i)    In Canada, the Company maintains non-registered, wholly unfunded supplemental retirement arrangements for one 
active Canadian executive, eight retired Canadian executives and two retired U.S. executives or their widows. The 
Company  makes  all  required  contributions  to  the  plans.  Benefits  are  based  on  employee  earnings.  An  actuary  is 
involved in measuring the obligation of the plans and in calculating the expense and any contributions required. The 
plans are closed to new members. The primary risk factors for these plans are longevity of plan beneficiaries and 
discount rate volatility.

(ii)   In  the  U.S.,  the  Company  has  a  post-employment,  wholly  unfunded  deferred  compensation  plan  for  designated 
executives (“NQP”). Liabilities are based strictly on the contributions made to the plan and an established rate of return 
and are not subject to actuarial adjustments. It allows executives to elect to defer specified portions of salary, cash 
bonuses and long-term incentive plan payments. The Company contributes a matching portion of the executive’s NQP 
deferred amount to a maximum of 8% of the executive’s base salary plus bonus. The Company may also contribute a 
discretionary annual Company contribution based on a percentage of base salary and annual bonus. Contributions 
to the NQP for one of the executives vest immediately. For the other executives, immediate vesting of discretionary 
Company contributions and interest occurs on death, disability or change of control, with normal vesting occurring 
at age 60 with 10 years’ service. The Company’s match portion and interest vest in the same manner as Company 
contributions in the 401k plan. Elective deferrals by the executive vest immediately.

83

2021    ANNUAL REPORT(iii)  In Germany, the Company has several wholly unfunded defined benefit plans. There are four salary-based annuity 
plans that are closed to new members, but currently have approximately 90 active members. All contributions and 
benefits are funded by the Company. The primary risk factors for these plans are longevity of plan beneficiaries and 
discount rate volatility. There are also three cash balance plans for current employees. Two of those plans require the 
Company to match a specific portion of employee contributions. Upon retirement, lump sum payments are made 
unless an employee requests an annuity. The third cash balance plan has employer and employee contributions and 
pays out in three instalments upon retirement. The primary risk factor for these three plans is discount rate volatility. 

(iv)  The Company has wholly unfunded post-employment defined benefit plans in Austria, France, India, Italy, Mexico and 
Thailand. Benefits are paid out in a lump sum upon retirement, disability or death. There are no employee contributions 
in these plans. Benefits are based on salary and length of service with the Company.

The following table shows the reconciliation from the opening balances to the closing balances for the defined benefit 
post-employment plans, including the defined benefit pension plans, supplemental retirement plans and other post-
employment defined benefit plans.

 $  

Partially 
Funded 

Wholly 
  Unfunded 

 $  

535.3 
– 
2.7 
0.3 
6.9 
1.0 
(14.1) 
(1.5) 
(3.4) 
(8.0) 
(0.8) 
– 
(11.5) 

301.2 
0.9 
5.2 
0.2 
4.4 
1.5 
(11.0) 
1.0 
1.4 
(12.8) 
0.7 
(1.2) 
(15.8) 

 $  

506.9 

 $  

275.7 

 $  

 $  

 $  

$ 

454.8 
5.7 
25.9 
1.0 
6.3 
(14.1) 
(0.9) 
(0.1) 
(9.9) 

468.7 

(38.2) 

(38.2) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 
– 
– 
– 
11.0 
(11.0) 
– 
– 
– 

– 

(275.7) 

(275.7) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Total

836.5
0.9
7.9
0.5
11.3
2.5
(25.1)
(0.5)
(2.0)
(20.8)
(0.1)
(1.2)
(27.3)

782.6

454.8
5.7
25.9
1.0
17.3
(25.1)
(0.9)
(0.1)
(9.9)

468.7

(313.9)

(313.9)

2021 

Accrued benefit obligation:
  Balance, beginning of year 
  Opening balance from current year acquisitions 
  Current service cost 
  Past service cost 
Interest cost 

  Employee contributions 
  Benefits paid 
  Actuarial (gains) losses – experience 
  Actuarial (gains) losses – demographic assumptions 
  Actuarial gains – financial assumptions 
  Reinstatements and transfers 
  Effect of curtailment 
  Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance, end of year 

Plan assets: 
  Fair value, beginning of year 
  Expected return on plan assets 
  Actuarial gains 
  Employee contributions 
  Employer contributions 
  Benefits paid 
  Administrative expenses  
  Settlements 
  Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Fair value, end of year 

Funded status, net deficit of plans 

Accrued benefit liability 

84

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2020 

Accrued benefit obligation:
  Balance, beginning of year 
  Current service cost 

Interest cost 

  Employee contributions 
  Benefits paid 
  Actuarial gains – experience 
  Actuarial gains – demographic assumptions 
  Actuarial losses – financial assumptions 
  Reinstatements and transfers 
  Effect of curtailment 
  Settlement gain (loss) 
  Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance, end of year 

Plan assets: 
  Fair value, beginning of year 
  Expected return on plan assets 
  Actuarial gains 
  Employee contributions 
  Employer contributions 
  Benefits paid 
  Administrative expenses  
  Settlements 
  Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Fair value, end of year 

Funded status, net deficit of plans 

Accrued benefit liability 

The Company’s net defined benefit plan expense is as follows:

2021 

Current service cost 
Past service cost 
Net interest cost on accrued benefit liability 
Curtailment gain 
Settlement loss 
Administration costs 

Net defined benefit plan expense 

Net defined benefit plan expense is recorded in: 
Cost of sales 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Finance cost 

Net defined benefit plan expense 

 $  

Partially 
Funded 

Wholly 
  Unfunded 

 $  

482.5 
2.9 
9.4 
1.1 
(12.1) 
(2.5) 
(1.7) 
47.2 
– 
(0.3) 
(0.2) 
9.0 

285.5 
5.2 
5.3 
1.2 
(10.4) 
(1.9) 
(0.4) 
6.6 
(0.2) 
– 
0.2 
10.1 

 $  

535.3 

 $  

301.2 

 $  

 $  

 $  

$ 

$ 

 $  

 $  

 $  

402.8 
7.7 
42.6 
1.1 
5.8 
(12.1) 
(0.8) 
(0.3) 
8.0 

454.8 

(80.5) 

(80.5) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 
– 
– 
– 
10.4 
(10.4) 
– 
– 
– 

– 

(301.2) 

(301.2) 

Partially 
Funded 

Wholly 
  Unfunded 

2.7 
0.3 
1.2 
– 
0.1 
0.9 

5.2 

2.4 
1.6 
1.2 

5.2 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

5.2 
0.2 
4.4 
(1.2) 
– 
– 

8.6 

1.4 
2.8 
4.4 

8.6 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Total

768.0
8.1
14.7
2.3
(22.5)
(4.4)
(2.1)
53.8
(0.2)
(0.3)
–
19.1

836.5

402.8
7.7
42.6
1.1
16.2
(22.5)
(0.8)
(0.3)
8.0

454.8

(381.7)

(381.7)

Total

7.9
0.5
5.6
(1.2)
0.1
0.9

13.8

3.8
4.4
5.6

13.8

85

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2020 

Current service cost 
Net interest cost on accrued benefit liability 
Curtailment gain 
Settlement loss 
Administration costs 

Net defined benefit plan expense 

Net defined benefit plan expense is recorded in: 
Cost of sales 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Finance cost 

Net defined benefit plan expense 

Actuarial gains (losses) recognized directly in equity are as follows:

Actuarial gains – experience 
Actuarial gains – demographic assumptions 
Actuarial gains (losses) – financial assumptions 
Experience gains on plan assets 

Recognized during the year in other comprehensive gain (loss) 

Plan assets consist of the following:

2021 

Equity securities 
Debt securities 
Real estate 
Other 

Total 

2020 

Equity securities 
Debt securities 
Real estate 
Other 

Total 

Partially 
Funded 

Wholly 
  Unfunded 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2.9 
1.7 
(0.3) 
0.1 
0.8 

5.2 

2.3 
1.1 
1.8 

5.2 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 $ 

 $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

5.2 
5.3 
– 
0.2 
– 

10.7 

2.1 
3.7 
4.9 

10.7 

$ 

2021 

0.5 
2.0 
20.8 
25.9 

49.2 

$ 

$ 

Partially 
Funded 

Wholly 
  Unfunded 

55% 
34% 
2% 
9% 

100% 

– 
– 
– 
– 

 – 

Partially 
Funded 

Wholly 
  Unfunded 

58% 
34% 
2% 
6% 

100% 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

Total

8.1
7.0
(0.3)
0.3
0.8

15.9

4.4
4.8
6.7

15.9

2020

4.4
2.1
(53.8)
42.6

(4.7)

Total

55% 
34% 
2% 
9% 

 100%

Total

58%
34%
2%
6%

100%

No plan assets are directly invested in the Company’s own shares or directly in any property occupied by, or other assets 
used by, the Company.

The actual returns on plan assets are as follows:

2021 
2020 

86

Partially 
Funded 

Wholly 
  Unfunded 

$  
 $  

31.6 
50.3 

– 
–  

$ 
$  

Total

31.6
50.3

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The weighted average economic assumptions used to determine post-employment benefit obligations are as follows:

December 31, 2021 
Discount rate 
Expected rate of compensation increase 

December 31, 2020 
Discount rate 
Expected rate of compensation increase 

Partially 
Funded 

Wholly 
  Unfunded 

1.84% 
1.46% 

1.30% 
1.37% 

1.54% 
2.06% 

1.34% 
2.34% 

The weighted average economic assumptions used to determine post-employment plan expenses are as follows:

December 31, 2021 
Discount rate 
Expected rate of compensation increase 

December 31, 2020 
Discount rate 
Expected rate of compensation increase 

Partially 
Funded 

Wholly 
  Unfunded 

1.30% 
1.37% 

1.97% 
1.39% 

1.37% 
2.35% 

1.48% 
2.33% 

Total

 1.73%
 1.92%

 1.32%
 2.11%

Total

 1.33%
 2.11%

 1.79%
 2.11%

The sensitivity analysis on the defined benefit obligation is as follows, and it is prepared by altering one assumption at 
a time and keeping the other assumptions unchanged. The resulting defined benefit obligation is then compared to the 
defined benefit obligation in the disclosures:

Discount rate (increase 1%) 
Discount rate (decrease 1%) 
Longevity (+1 year) 
Inflation (+0.25%) 
Inflation (-0.25%) 
Salary (increase 1%) 
Salary (decrease 1%) 
Duration (years) 

Partially 
Funded 

Wholly 
  Unfunded

 (99.2) 
 98.2 
 14.5 
 13.6 
 (13.5) 
 3.9 
 (2.8) 
 19 

 $  
 $  
 $  
$ 
 $  
 $  
 $  

 (27.0) 
 30.2
 10.9
– 
–
 2.8
 (2.7)
 13 

$ 
 $  
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

The Company expects to contribute $3.7 million to the partially funded defined benefit plans and pay $14.0 million in 
benefits for the wholly unfunded plans in 2022.

(c)  Long-term incentive, long-service leave, jubilee and other plans

The Company has long-term incentive plans with share-based payments, long-service leave plans and jubilee plans in 
various countries around the world. As at December 31, 2021, $0.8 million (2020 – $0.8 million) of the total obligation of 
$15.4 million (2020 – $15.8 million) was classified as current and reported in trade and other payables. The expense for 
these plans was $16.4 million in 2021 (2020 – $4.3 million).

87

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 1 .   P E R S O N N E L   E X P E N S E S

Wages and salaries 
Compulsory social security contributions 
Contributions to Company-sponsored defined contribution plans 
Net expenses related to defined benefit plans 
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions 

2 2 .   I N C O M E   TA X   E X P E N S E

$ 

2021 

1,116.9 
126.4 
31.6 
13.8 
28.3 

$ 

2020

1,075.9
113.5
31.5
15.9
14.1

$ 

1,317.0 

$ 

1,250.9

Current tax expense
Current tax on earnings before earnings in equity-accounted investments for the year 

Deferred tax expense (benefit) (note 15) 
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 
Impact of tax rate changes 
Recognition of previously unrecognized tax losses and deductible temporary differences 

$ 

$ 

2021 

191.2 

(5.3) 
9.0 
(13.4) 

(9.7) 

$ 

$ 

Total income tax expense  

$ 

181.5 

$ 

Reconciliation of effective tax rate

Combined Canadian federal and provincial income tax rates 
The income tax expense on the Company’s earnings differs from the amount  
  determined by the Company’s statutory rates as follows: 
Net earnings for the year 
Add: income tax expense 
Deduct: earnings in equity-accounted investments 

Earnings before income tax and equity-accounted investments 

$ 

Income tax using the Company’s domestic combined Canadian federal and provincial income tax rates 
Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions 
Impact of tax rate changes 
Recognition of previously unrecognized tax losses and deductible temporary differences 
Losses and deductible temporary differences for which no deferred tax asset was recognized 
Non-deductible expenses and other items 

Income tax recovery recognized directly in other comprehensive loss 
Derivatives and foreign currency translation adjustments 
Actuarial gains (losses) 

Total income tax recovery recognized directly in other comprehensive income (loss) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2021 

26.5% 

599.1 
181.5 
11.2 

769.4 

203.9 
(16.7) 
9.0 
 (13.4) 
3.1 
(4.4) 

181.5 

6.7 
 12.1 

18.8 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2020

 149.1

26.1
3.7
 (15.1)

14.7

163.8

2020

25.8%

529.7
163.8
9.5

684.0

176.5 
(6.0) 
3.7 
(15.1) 
4.6 
0.1 

163.8 

(2.8)
(1.3)

(4.1)

88

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining 
the  worldwide  provision  for  income  taxes.  There  are  many  transactions  and  calculations  for  which  the  ultimate  tax 
determination is uncertain. The Company recognizes liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of 
whether additional taxes will be due. If the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were 
initially recorded, such differences will impact the current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities in the period in 
which such determination is made.

2 3 .   S H A R E - B A S E D   PAY M E N T S

For options and share awards granted for stock-based compensation, $26.6 million (2020 – $14.4 million) was recognized 
in the consolidated financial statements as an expense, with a corresponding offset to contributed surplus.

At December 31, 2021, the Company had five share-based compensation plans, which are described below:

(a)  Employee stock option plan

Under  the  employee  stock  option  plan,  the  Company  may  grant  options  to  employees,  officers  and  directors  of  the 
Company. The Company does not grant options to independent directors. The exercise price of each option equals the 
closing market price of the Class B non-voting shares on the last trading day prior to the grant date of the option, and 
an option’s maximum term is 10 years. Current options vest 25% one year from the grant date and 25% each subsequent 
year. The term of these options is five years from the grant date. In general, the grants are conditional upon continued 
employment. No market conditions affect vesting. Granted options are not entitled to dividends and may not be transferred 
or assigned by the option holder. In 2021 and 2020 , stock option grants were not awarded.

A summary of the status of the Company’s employee stock option plan as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and changes 
during the years ended on those dates, is presented below:

Outstanding at beginning of year 
Granted 
Exercised 

Outstanding at end of year 

Options exercisable at end of year 

2021 

Weighted  
Average  
Exercise Price  

Shares 
(in millions) 

2020

Weighted  
Average 
Exercise Price 

Shares 
(in millions) 

2.4 
– 
(0.9) 

1.5 

0.9 

$ 

$ 

$ 

59.68 
– 
56.67 

61.45 

62.88 

 3.0 
 – 
 (0.6) 

 2.4 

 1.2 

$ 

$ 

$ 

56.57
– 
43.73

59.68

59.67

The weighted average share price of stock options exercised in 2021 was $70.00 (2020 – $57.31). 

The following table summarizes information about the employee stock options outstanding at December 31, 2021.

Range of 
Exercisable Prices 

$50.01 - $56.00 
$56.01 - $60.00 
$60.01 - $66.87 

$50.01 - $66.87 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable

Weighted  
Average 
Options 
Outstanding 
Remaining  
(in millions)  Contractual Life  

Weighted 
Average  
Exercise Price  

Options 
Exercisable 
(in millions) 

Weighted  
Average 
Exercise Price 

0.6 
0.1 
0.8 

 1.5 

2.2 years 
0.2 years 
1.2 years 

 1.5 years 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

55.73 
58.03 
66.87 

61.45 

0.2 
0.1 
0.6 

0.9 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

55.73
58.03
66.87

62.88

89

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)  Deferred share units (“DSU”)

The Company maintains a deferred share unit plan. Under this plan, non-employee members of the Company’s Board of 
Directors may elect to receive DSUs, in lieu of cash remuneration, for director fees that would otherwise be payable to such 
directors, or any portion thereof, until DSU holdings of three times the annual retainer have been achieved. In addition, 
director compensation includes an annual grant of DSUs. The number of units received is equivalent to the fees earned 
and is based on the fair market value of a Class B non-voting share of the Company on the date of issue of the DSU. When 
dividends are paid on Class B non-voting shares of the Company, the equivalent value per DSU is calculated and the holder 
receives additional DSUs in lieu of actual cash dividends based on the fair market value of a Class B non-voting share of 
the Company. DSUs cannot be redeemed or paid out until such time as the director ceases to be a director. A DSU entitles 
the holder to receive, on a deferred payment basis, the number of Class B non-voting shares of the Company equating to 
the number of the holder’s DSUs on the redemption date. The Company accounts for the DSU plan as an equity-settled 
share-based payment transaction. 

The Company had 0.2 million DSUs outstanding as at December 31, 2021. 

(c)  Performance stock units (“PSU”)

In 2019, the Company introduced a performance stock unit plan. Under the plan, participants may be eligible to receive a 
maximum of approximately 1.5 million Class B non-voting shares of the Company to be issued from treasury. The vesting 
of these shares is dependent on the Company’s performance and continuing employment. The grant-date fair value of 
these shares is being amortized over the vesting period and recognized as compensation expense. 

(d)  Long-term retention plan (“LTRP”)

In 2017, the Company instituted a long-term retention plan. Under the plan, the Company provided a one-time retention 
incentive to executives totaling 0.3 million restricted share units (“RSU”). The incentive vests 25% in each year beginning 
in 2022 and ending in 2025, inclusive. 

In 2019, under the aforementioned long-term retention plan, the Company provided a one-time retention incentive to 
additional executives totaling 0.1 million RSUs. The incentive vests 25% in each year beginning 2024 and ending 2027, 
inclusive. 

Each RSU is equivalent to one Class B non-voting share of the Company, to be issued from treasury.

(e)  Other restricted share units 

In 2020, the Company established the restricted share unit plan. Each unit is equivalent to one Class B non-voting share 
of the Company. Current options vest 25% one year from the grant date and 25% each subsequent year. The term of 
these  options  is  four  years  from  the  grant  date,  and  will  be  settled  through  equity.  The  grants  are  conditional  upon 
continued employment. No market conditions affect vesting. Granted options are not entitled to dividends and may not 
be transferred or assigned by the option holder. 

The Company had 0.3 million RSU’s outstanding as at December 31, 2021. 

90

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2021    ANNUAL REPORT2 4 .   F I N A N C I A L   I N S T R U M E N T S

(a)  Hedges of net investments in foreign operations

US$123.8 million (2020 – US$123.8 million) of unsecured 144A 3.25% private notes, US$191.5 million (2020 – US$191.5 
million)  of  unsecured  144A  3.05%  private  notes  and  nil  (2020  –  US$161.0  million)  of  the  unsecured  syndicated  bank 
credit facilities (hedging items) have been used to hedge the Company’s exposure to its net investment in US-dollar-
denominated operations (hedged items), with a view to reducing foreign exchange fluctuations. The foreign exchange 
effect of the unsecured 144A 3.25% private notes, the unsecured 144A 3.05% private notes, the unsecured syndicated 
bank credit facilities and the net investment in US-dollar-denominated subsidiaries is reported in accumulated other 
comprehensive loss in the consolidated statement of financial position. These have been and continue to be 100% fully 
effective hedges as the notional amounts of the hedging items equal the portion of the net investment balance being 
hedged. No ineffectiveness was recognized in the consolidated income statement in 2021 or 2020. 

In February 2017, the Company converted US$264.7 million of the 144A 3.25% private notes (note 18) into €250.0 million 
1.23% fixed rate debt using CCIRSAs (hedging items). In February 2018, a further US$111.5 million of the 144A 3.25% private 
notes (note 18) were converted into €90.0 million 1.16% fixed rate debt using CCIRSAs. In January 2019, US$228.4 million 
of the unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities (note 18) was converted into €200.0 million negative 0.28% fixed rate 
debt using CCIRSAs. In June 2020, US$204.6 million and US$203.9 million of the 144A 3.05% private notes (note 18) was 
converted into €180.0 million 2.06% fixed rate debt and €180.0 million 2.00% fixed rate debt, respectively, using CCIRSAs. 
Each of these conversions was to hedge the Company’s euro-based assets and cash flows. Fair value of these CCIRSAs was 
recorded in non-current liabilities when negative in value and non-current assets when positive in value. The offset was 
recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the consolidated statement of financial position. The January 2019 
CCIRSAs were unwound on June 5, 2020, with a gain of $3.6 million. These have all been, and the active CCIRSAs continue 
to be, 100% fully effective hedges as the notional amounts of the hedging items equal the portion of the net investment 
balance being hedged. No ineffectiveness was recognized in the consolidated income statement in 2021 or 2020.

 Notional Principal Amount 

Interest Rate 

Fair Value 
December 31 

Fixed Rate 

Fixed Rate 

  Received 
(US$) 

Paid 
 (€) 

2021 
(C$) 

2020 
(C$)  

Maturity 

Effective Date

 US$105.8 million  €  100.0 million 

3.25% 

1.24%   $ 

(7.8) million  $  (16.8) million 

October 1, 2026 

February 28, 2017

  US$84.8 million   €  80.0 million 

3.25% 

1.20%   $ 

(5.3) million  $  (13.4) million 

October 1, 2026 

February 28, 2017

  US$42.3 million   €  40.0 million 

3.25% 

1.21%   $ 

(3.0) million  $ 

(6.8) million 

October 1, 2026 

February 28, 2017

  US$31.8 million  €  30.0 million 

3.25% 

1.29%   $ 

(2.4) million  $ 

(5.1) million 

October 1, 2026 

February 28, 2017

  US$62.1 million  €  50.0 million 

3.25% 

1.16%   $ 

9.2 million  $ 

5.6 million 

October 1, 2026 

February 21, 2018

  US$49.4 million  €  40.0 million 

3.25% 

1.15%   $ 

7.1 million  $ 

3.6 million 

October 1, 2026 

February 22, 2018

 US$125.0 million  €  110.0 million 

3.05% 

2.1%  $ 

(6.9) million  $  (23.0) million 

June 1, 2030 

June 10, 2020

  US$79.6 million  €  70.0 million 

3.05% 

2.1%  $ 

(4.9) million  $  (14.8) million 

June 1, 2030 

June 10, 2020

  US$68.0 million  €  60.0 million 

3.05% 

2.0%  $ 

(3.6) million  $  (12.3) million 

June 1, 2030 

June 23, 2020

  US$45.3 million  €  40.0 million 

3.05% 

2.0%  $ 

(2.8) million  $ 

(8.4) million 

June 1, 2030 

June 23, 2020

  US$45.3 million  €  40.0 million 

3.05% 

2.0%  $ 

(2.8) million  $ 

(8.3) million 

June 1, 2030 

June 23, 2020

  US$45.3 million  €  40.0 million 

3.05% 

2.0%  $ 

(2.7) million  $ 

(8.2) million 

June 1, 2030 

June 23, 2020

91

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)  Credit risk

Exposure to credit risk

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk 
at the reporting date was as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Other assets 
Derivative instruments   

The aging of trade receivables at the reporting date was as follows:

Under 31 days 
Between 31 and 90 days  
Greater than 90 days 

  December 31,  
2021 

  December 31, 
2020

$  

$ 

602.1 
1,083.8 
19.7 
16.3 

703.7
922.8
19.6
9.6

$ 

1,721.9 

$  

1,655.7

  December 31,  
2021 

  December 31, 
2020

$ 

$ 

576.7 
320.6 
69.5 

966.8 

$ 

$ 

482.8
289.5
55.6

827.9

The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables during the year was as follows:

Balance at January 1 
Increase during the year  

Balance at December 31   

  December 31,  
2021 

  December 31, 
2020

 $  

$  

18.1 
0.3 

18.4 

$ 

$ 

15.5
2.6

18.1

The Company believes that no impairment allowance is necessary in respect of trade receivables not past due.

92

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)  Liquidity risk

Exposure to liquidity risk

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments and excluding 
the impact of netting agreements:

  December 31, 2020 

 Payments Due by Period

 December 31, 2021

  Carrying  Carrying 
Amount  Amount 

 Contractual 
Cash 
Flows 

0-6 

6-12 
Months  Months 

1-2 
Years 

2-5 
Years 

More 
than 
5 Years

Non-derivative financial liabilities 
  Secured bank loans 
  Unsecured bank loans 
  Unsecured 144A 3.25%  

 $  

 $  

0.8 
52.1 

4.8 
10.1 

 $  

 $  

4.8 
10.1 

1.4 
6.8 

 $  

1.4 
0.9 

 $  

1.9 
1.0 

 $  

0.1 
1.0 

 $  

  private notes 

  Unsecured 144A 3.05%  

  private notes 
  Unsecured 3.864%  
  Series 1 Notes 

  Unsecured syndicated  
  bank credit facility 
  Unsecured syndicated  

  bank term credit facility 
  Other long-term obligations 

Interest on unsecured  
  bank credit facilities 
Interest on 144A 3.25%  
  private notes 
Interest on 144A 3.05%  
  private notes 
Interest on unsecured  
  3.864% Series 1 Notes 
Interest on other  
long-term debt 

  Trade and other payables 
Accrued post-employment  
  benefit liabilities 
Lease liabilities 

Total contractual  
  cash obligations 

630.8 

627.4 

631.8 

754.8 

750.5 

758.2 

298.6 

298.8 

300.0 

(1.9) 

204.8 
1.1 

* 

* 

* 

* 

9.5 

– 
5.6 

* 

* 

* 

* 

11.0 

– 
5.6 

4.8 *   

92.4 *   

192.3 *   

69.9 *   

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
4.8 

0.8 

5.2 

9.7 

3.3 

* 
  1,135.7 

* 
  1,321.5 

0.4 

0.2 
  1,321.5 *    1,321.5 

* 
153.4 

* 
144.6 

206.2 *   
158.3 

2.3 
19.5 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

0.7 

10.2 

11.5 

5.7 

0.1 
– 

2.3 
17.7 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
0.3 

1.5 

20.5 

23.1 

11.6 

0.1 
– 

16.0 
27.1 

631.8 

– 

– 

11.0 

– 
0.5 

1.8 

56.5 

69.4 

34.8 

– 
– 

63.1 
47.2 

 $   3,230.2 

 $  3,172.8 

 $  3,767.3 

 $  1,375.5 

 $   50.5 

$   103.1 

 $   917.2 

 $  1,321.0 

*  Accrued long-term employee benefit and post-employment benefit liability of $13.8 million, accrued interest of $9.6 million on unsecured notes, unsecured 
bonds, unsecured two-year term loan and unsecured syndicated credit facilities, and accrued interest of $2.4 million on derivatives are reported in trade 
and other payables in 2021 (2020: $12.4 million, $9.6 million and $2.5 million, respectively).

93

– 
0.4 

– 

758.2 

300.0 

– 

– 
– 

– 

–

78.6 

14.5 

– 
– 

122.5 
46.8 

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)  Currency risk 

Exposure to currency risk

The Company’s exposure to foreign currency risk was as follows based on notional amounts:

  December 31, 2021 

 December 31, 2020

U.S. 
Dollar 

151.1 
343.1 
364.5 
319.7 

U.K. 
Pound  

25.4 
20.3 
31.4 
– 

Euro  

104.9 
142.1 
205.7 
706.6 

U.S.  
Dollar 

179.6 
290.1 
303.7 
477.2 

U.K. 
Pound 

21.9 
17.9 
32.8 
– 

Euro

131.6
118.0
161.6
700.2

Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Trade and other payables 
Long-term debt 

Sensitivity analysis

A 5% weakening of the Canadian dollar, as indicated below, against the following currencies at December 31 would have 
increased (decreased) equity and income by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables; in 
particular, interest rates, remain constant. 

Euro  
U.S. dollar 
U.K. pound  

2021 

(25.4) 
(19.7) 
6.1 

Equity 

2020 

(26.2) 
(27.9) 
6.2 

Income Statement

2021 

(0.6) 
3.0 
0.1 

2020

0.2
2.9
0.2

A 5% strengthening of the Canadian dollar against the above currencies at December 31 would have had the equal but 
opposite effect on the above currencies to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant.

(e)  Interest rate risk

An increase of 100 basis points in interest rates on the floating rate debt and cash equivalents as at the reporting date 
would increase net earnings by $5.4 million (2020 – $0.8 million decrease). This analysis assumes that all other variables; 
in particular, foreign currency rates, remain constant. 

94

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f)  Fair values versus carrying amounts

The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the consolidated statement 
of financial position, are as follows:

Assets carried at fair value:
Other assets 
Derivative financial assets 

Assets carried at amortized cost:
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Liabilities carried at fair value: 
Derivative financial liabilities 

Liabilities carried at amortized cost: 
Trade and other payables 
Unsecured 144A 3.25% private notes 
Unsecured 144A 3.05% private notes 
Unsecured 3.864% Series 1 Notes 
Unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities 
Other loans 
Finance lease liabilities 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

December 31, 2021 

 December 31, 2020

Carrying  
Amount  

Fair 
Value 

Carrying  
Amount 

19.7 
16.3 

36.0 

1,083.8 
602.1 

 $  

 $  

 $  

19.7 
16.3 

36.0 

1,083.8 
602.1 

 $  

 $  

 $  

19.6 
9.6 

29.2 

922.8 
703.7 

 $  

 $  

 $  

Fair 
Value

19.6 
9.6 

29.2 

922.8 
703.7 

1,685.9 

 $  

1,685.9 

 $  

1,626.5 

 $  

1,626.5 

42.2 

42.2 

1,321.5 
627.4 
750.5 
298.8 
9.5 
20.5 
– 

 $  

 $  

 $  

42.2 

42.2 

1,321.5 
663.3 
781.7 
320.4 
9.5 
20.5 
– 

 $ 

 $  

 $  

117.1 

117.1 

1,135.7 
630.8 
754.8 
298.6 
253.1 
3.9 
– 

 $  

 $  

 $  

117.1 

117.1 

1,135.7 
697.2 
829.7 
337.4 
253.1 
3.9 
– 

$ 

3,028.2 

$ 

3,116.9 

 $  

3,076.9 

 $  

3,257.0

The basis for determining fair values is disclosed in note 3.

The interest rates used to discount estimated cash flows for the unsecured notes are based on the government yield curve 
at the reporting date, plus an adequate credit spread.

95

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(g)  Fair value hierarchy

The table below summarizes the levels of hierarchy for financial assets and liabilities. 

The different levels have been defined as follows:

•  Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

•  Level 2: inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 

(i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices); and

•  Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

December 31, 2021 
Other assets 
Derivative financial assets 
Long-term debt 
Derivative financial liabilities 

December 31, 2020 
Other assets 
Derivative financial assets 
Long-term debt 
Derivative financial liabilities 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total

19.7 
– 
– 
– 

19.7 

$ 

 $ 

– 
16.3 
(1,795.4) 
(42.2) 

$ 

(1,821.3) 

$ 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

$ 

19.7
16.3
(1,795.4)
(42.2)

$ 

(1,801.6)

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total

19.6 
– 
– 
– 

19.6 

 $ 

$ 

– 
9.6 
(2,121.3) 
(117.1) 

$ 

(2,228.8) 

$ 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

$ 

19.6
9.6
(2,121.3)
(117.1)

$ 

(2,209.2)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The methods and assumptions used to measure the fair value are as follows:

The fair value of derivative financial instruments generally reflects the estimated amounts that the Company would receive 
to sell favourable contracts or pay to transfer unfavourable contracts, at the reporting date. The Company uses discounted 
cash flow analysis and market data such as interest rates, credit spreads and foreign exchange spot rates to estimate the 
fair value of forward agreements and interest-rate derivatives.

The fair value of long-term debt is estimated using public quotations, when available, or discounted cash flow analysis 
based on the current corresponding borrowing rate for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

96

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 5.   F I N A N C I A L   R I S K   M A N AG E M E N T

The Company has exposure to the following risks from its use of financial instruments:

•  credit risk;

•  liquidity risk; and

•  market risk.

This note presents information about the Company’s exposure to each of the above risks, the Company’s objectives, 
policies and processes for measuring and managing risk, and the Company’s management of capital. Further quantitative 
disclosures are included throughout these consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s risk management policies are established to identify and analyze the risks faced by the Company, to set 
appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management policies and systems 
are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and the Company’s activities. The Company, through its 
training and management standards and procedures, aims to develop a disciplined and constructive control environment 
in which all employees understand their roles and obligations.

(a)  Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its 
contractual obligations, and it arises principally from the Company’s receivables from customers and investment securities.

The Company has established a credit policy under which each new customer is analyzed individually for creditworthiness 
before the Company’s payment and delivery terms and conditions are offered. The Company’s review includes external 
ratings, where available, and in some cases bank references. Purchase limits are established for each customer, which 
represent the maximum open amount without requiring approval from senior management; these limits are reviewed 
quarterly. Customers that fail to meet the Company’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the Company only 
on a prepayment basis.

The Company is potentially exposed to credit risk arising from derivative financial instruments if a counterparty fails to 
meet its obligations. These counterparties are large international financial institutions, and, to date, no such counterparty 
has failed to meet its financial obligations to the Company. As at December 31, 2021, the Company’s exposure to credit 
risk arising from derivative financial instruments amounted to $16.3 million (2020 – $9.6 million).

(b)  Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Company 
manages liquidity by monitoring expected cash flows and to ensure the availability of credit as much as possible, that 
it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when they are due. The financial obligations of the Company 
include trade and other payables, long-term debt and other long-term items. The contractual maturity of trade payables 
is six months or less. Long-term debt includes instruments with varying maturities extending to 2030. The Company has 
the capacity to discharge its current liabilities from the continued cash flows from business operations and an additional 
$602.1 million of cash on hand and US$1,188.5 million of available capacity within its syndicated bank credit facility at 
December 31, 2021. 

(c)  Market risk

Market  risk  is  the  risk  that  changes  in  market  prices,  such  as  foreign  exchange  rates,  interest  rates  and  commodity 
prices, will affect the Company’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk 
management is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimizing the return.

The Company uses derivatives to manage market risks. Generally, the Company seeks to apply hedge accounting in order 
to manage volatility in profit or loss. The Company does not utilize derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

(i)  Currency risk

The Company operates internationally, giving rise to exposure to market risks from changes in foreign exchange rates. 
The Company partially manages these exposures by contracting primarily in Canadian dollars, euros, U.K. pounds and 
U.S. dollars. Additionally, each subsidiary’s sales and expenses are primarily denominated in its local currency, further 
minimizing the foreign exchange impact on the operating results. 

In other cases, borrowings are done by non-Canadian-dollar-based subsidiaries in their own functional currencies such 
that the principal and interest are denominated in a currency that matches the cash flows generated by those subsidiaries. 
These provide natural hedges that do not require the application of hedge accounting.

97

2021    ANNUAL REPORT(ii)  Interest rate risk

The Company is exposed to market risk related to interest rate fluctuations on its debt. To mitigate this risk, the Company 
maintains a combination of fixed and floating rate debt.

(iii)  Commodity price risk

Polypropylene is the most significant input cost for the Innovia Segment. It is traded in the market, with prices linked to the 
market price of natural gas and refining capacity. The Segment does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge its 
exposure to the volatility of polypropylene prices; therefore, movements must be managed and, where possible, passed 
along to the Segment’s customers. 

(d)  Capital management

The  Company’s  objective  is  to  maintain  a  strong  capital  base  throughout  the  economic  cycle  to  maintain  investor, 
creditor and market confidence and to sustain the future development of the business. This capital structure supports 
the Company’s objective to provide an attractive financial return to its shareholders equal to that of its leading specialty 
packaging peers.

The Company defines capital as average total equity and measures the return on capital (or return on equity) by dividing 
annual net earnings before goodwill impairment loss and restructuring and other items by the average of the beginning 
and the end-of-year shareholders’ equity. In 2021, the return on capital was 17.2% (2020 – 17.8%).

Management and the Board maintain a balance between the expected higher return on capital that might be possible with 
a higher level of financial debt and the advantages and security afforded by a lower level of financial leverage. 

The Company has provided a growing level of dividends to its shareholders over the last few years, generally related to its 
growth in earnings. Dividends are declared bearing in mind the Company’s current earnings, cash flow and financial leverage.

There were no changes in the Company’s approach to capital management during the year.

The Company is subject to certain financial covenants on its unsecured syndicated bank credit facility. The Company 
monitors the ratios on a quarterly basis and at December 31, 2021, was in compliance with all its covenants.

2 6.   C O M M I T M E N T S   A N D   C O N T I N G E N C I E S

(a)  Commitments 

As at December 31, 2021, the Company had uncollateralized surety bonds of $39.7 million (2020 – $57.0 million), primarily 
to the Brazilian Tax Authority in order to facilitate the appeal of tax reassessments. The Company intends to vigorously 
defend this claim, which the Company considers to be without merit and, accordingly, has made no provision for the matter. 

(b)  Contingencies

In the normal course of operations, the Company and its subsidiaries may be subject to lawsuits, investigations and other 
claims, including environmental, labour, product, customer disputes and other matters.

During 2018, the Federal Court of Australia awarded a judgement and costs against a subsidiary of the Company, CCL 
Secure Pty Ltd. (formerly Innovia Security Pty Ltd.) (“ISPL”), totaling A$70.0 million ($63.8 million), finding a wrongful 
termination of an agency agreement with Benoy Berry and a company controlled by him, Global Secure Currency Ltd. 
(collectively “Berry”), an arm’s length third party in Nigeria. ISPL appealed the judgement. As part of the appeals process, the 
Australian court of appeals mandated that the Company guarantee the entire judgement in order to stay execution of the 
judgement pending resolution of the appeal. On appeal, the Australian court of appeals reduced the total damages awarded 
to Berry to A$4.8 million ($4.4 million) including interest and Berry’s estimated legal costs and awarded ISPL a portion of 
its appeal costs. Berry appealed the reduced award to the High Court of Australia. In the third quarter of 2020, the High 
Court of Australia issued a final judgement for Berry in the sum of approximately A$45.1 million ($43.0 million), including 
interest and legal costs. The final judgement was $8.6 million in excess of the previously recorded provision, which had 
been accrued as part of the 2017 Innovia acquisition for this matter and is reported in Restructuring and other items.

98

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2021    ANNUAL REPORTIn the first quarter of 2019, a hearing on a jurisdictional issue was heard in respect of a lawsuit launched in 2011 by Berry 
in Nigerian Federal Court against ISPL and Innovia Films Ltd. (collectively “IFL”), as well as other defendants not affiliated 
with ISPL. The court denied IFL’s motion to dismiss the lawsuit on the jurisdictional issue. IFL is appealing that decision to 
the highest appeals court in Nigeria. The lawsuit alleges that IFL and the co-defendants committed to build a banknote 
substrate plant in Nigeria, and Berry seeks an order requiring IFL and the co-defendants to build the plant or, in lieu thereof, 
grant an award of total damages in the amount of €1.5 billion ($2.2 billion). IFL intends to vigorously defend this claim, 
which the Company considers to be without merit, and, accordingly, the Company has made no provision for the matter.

Management believes that adequate provisions for legal claims have been recorded in the accounts where required. 
Although  it  is  not  always  possible  to  accurately  estimate  the  result  or  magnitude  of  legal  claims  due  to  the  various 
uncertainties involved in the legal process, management believes that the ultimate resolution of all such pending matters, 
individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse impact on the Company, its business, financial position 
or liquidity.

2 7.   R E L AT E D   PA R T I E S

(a)  Beneficial ownership

The directors and officers of CCL Industries Inc. as a group beneficially own, control, or direct, directly or indirectly, 
approximately 11.2 million of the issued and outstanding Class A voting shares, representing 94.9% of the issued and 
outstanding Class A voting shares.

(b)  Loan guarantees

The Company has provided various loan guarantees for its joint ventures and associates totaling $21.3 million (2020 – 
$23.3 million).

2 8 .   K E Y   M A N AG E M E N T   P E R S O N N E L   C O M P E N SAT I O N

Short-term employee compensation and benefits 
Share-based compensation 
Post-employment benefits 

2 9.   AC C U M U L AT E D   OT H E R   C O M P R E H E N S I V E   LO S S

Unrealized foreign currency translation losses, net of tax expense of  
  $1.8 million (2020 – tax recovery of $5.2 million) 
Gains on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, net of tax expense of  
  nil (2020 – tax expense of $0.1 million) 

2021 

10.3 
4.9 
0.6 

15.8 

$ 

$ 

2020

9.6
4.5
0.7

14.8

$ 

$ 

2021 

2020

$ 

(241.5) 

$ 

(142.6)

0.1 

0.4

$ 

(241.4) 

$ 

(142.2)

99

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3 0.   R E S T R U C T U R I N G   A N D   OT H E R   I T E M S

Restructuring costs  
Acquisition costs  
Other items  

Total restructuring and other items 

2021 

3.9 
0.5 
– 

4.4 

$ 

$ 

2020

18.4
1.1
8.1

27.6

$ 

 $  

For the full year 2021, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $4.4 million ($3.5 million after tax) 
as follows:

•  Restructuring expenses of $3.9 million ($3.0 million after tax), primarily related to severance and reorganization costs 

across the CCL, Checkpoint and Innovia Segments.

•  Acquisition transaction costs totaled $0.5 million ($0.5 million after tax), for the nine acquisitions closed in 2021.

For the full year 2020, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $27.6 million ($20.8 million after 
tax) as follows:

•  Restructuring expenses of $18.4 million ($14.2 million after tax), primarily related to severance and reorganization costs 
across the Company matching operational expenses to reduced economic activity resulting from the global CV19 pandemic.

•  Acquisition transaction costs totaled $1.1 million ($1.1 million after tax) for the nine acquisitions closed in 2020.

•  Other expenses of $8.1 million ($5.5 million after tax), primarily related to the final judgement at the High Court of Australia for 
a pre-acquisition lawsuit against CCL Secure’s polymer banknote substrate business for wrongful termination in 2008 of an 
agency agreement in the amount of AUD$45.1 million ($43.0 million) including interest and legal costs. This final judgement 
was $8.6 million in excess of the amount accrued on the Innovia acquisition. 

3 1 .   S U B S E Q U E N T   E V E N T S

The Board of Directors has declared a dividend of $0.24 per Class B non-voting share and $0.2375 per Class A voting share, 
which will be payable to shareholders of record at the close of business on March 17, 2022, to be paid on March 31, 2022.

In January 2022 the Company acquired McGavigan Holdings Ltd. (“McGavigan”), headquartered in Glasgow, Scotland, 
with  significant  additional  manufacturing  capability  in  China  for  $105.5  million  including  assumed  debt  net  of  cash 
acquired. McGavigan is a leading supplier of in-mould decorated components for automobile interiors and will be added 
to CCL Design.

100

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S I X   Y E A R   F I N A N C I A L   S U M M A R Y 
(In millions of Canadian dollars, except share and ratio data)

2021 

2020 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016

Sales & Net Earnings 
Sales 
Depreciation and  
  amortization 
Net finance costs 
Net Earnings 
Basic net earnings  
  per Class B Share  

$ 

5,732.8  

$ 

5,242.3  

$ 

5,321.3  

$ 

5,161.5  

$ 

4,755.7  

$ 

3,974.7 

 342.4  
 56.9  
 599.11 

 346.4  
 65.2  
529.72 

 329.6  
 81.0  
477.13 

 278.0  
 80.7  
 466.84 

 259.2  
 75.2  
 474.15 

 203.7 
 37.9 
346.36 

$ 

3.331 

$ 

2.962 

 $ 

2.683 

 $ 

2.644 

 $ 

2.705 

 $ 

1.986 

 $ 

Financial Position 
Current Assets 
Current Liabilities 
Working capital7 
Total Assets 
Net debt 
Shareholders’ equity 
 $ 
Net debt to equity ratio    
Net debt to total  
  book capitalization 

2,447.6  
1,418.0  
 1,029.6  
7,627.8  
 1,249.2  
3,747.0  
0.33  

$ 

$ 

2,224.7  
 1,262.0  
 962.7  
 7,336.7  
 1,390.9  
3,282.2  
 0.42  

$ 

$ 

2,105.0  
 1,148.0  
 957.0  
 7,038.0  
 1,716.2  
2,897.7  
 0.59  

$ 

$ 

2,125.2  
 1,346.9  
 778.3  
 7,027.6  
 1,902.5  
2,673.1  
 0.71  

$ 

$ 

1,851.6  
 1,299.7  
 551.9  
 6,144.0  
 1,773.9  
2,157.9  
 0.82  

$ 

$ 

1,660.9 
 907.0 
 753.9 
 4,678.8 
 1,016.2 
1,775.2 
 0.57 

25.0% 

29.8% 

37.2% 

41.6% 

45.1% 

36.4% 

Number of shares (000,000’s) 
Class A – Dec 31 
Class B – Dec 31 
Weighted average  
for the year 

 11.8  
 168.4  

 179.7  

 11.8  
 167.4  

 178.7  

 11.8  
 166.8  

 178.0  

 11.8  
 165.9  

 176.8  

 11.8  
 165.0  

 175.8  

 11.8 
 164.1 

 175.2 

Cash Flow 
Cash provided by  
  operations 
Additions to plant,  
  property &  
  equipment 
Business acquisitions 
Dividends 
Dividends per  
  Class B share 

 $ 

838.7  

$ 

882.9  

$ 

779.5  

$ 

772.7  

$ 

711.2  

$ 

564.0 

 323.8  
 234.4  
 151.0  

 282.8  
 161.4  
 128.7  

 345.6  
 40.4  
 121.1  

 352.9  
 365.9  
 92.2  

 285.7  
 1,191.4  
 81.2  

 234.7 
 571.5 
 70.2 

 $ 

0.84  

$ 

0.72  

$ 

0.68  

$ 

0.52  

$ 

0.46  

$ 

0.40 

1  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $4.4 million. 
2  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $27.6 million. 
3  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $25.0 million. 
4  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $14.8 million. 
5  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $11.3 million. 
6  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $34.6 million. 
7  Current assets minus current liabilities. 

101

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe

Asia Pacific

Günther Birkner
President, 
Food & Beverage, Healthcare &  
Specialty and Innovia
Zurich, Switzerland

Derek Cumming
Group Vice President,  
CCL Design
East Kilbride, Scotland

Scott Mitchell-Harris
Group Vice President, 
Checkpoint Europe & Asia Pacific
Barcelona, Spain

Lee Pretsell
Group Vice President, 
Healthcare & Specialty
Dublin, Ireland 

Werner Ehrmann
Vice President, 
Technology Development
Holzkirchen, Germany

Simon Huber
Managing Director,
Innovia Films U.K. & Poland
Wigton, England

Mathias Maennel
Vice President & Managing Director, 
CCL Design Europe
Oss, Netherlands

Michael McGarry
Vice President & Managing Director, 
Healthcare Europe
Belfast, Northern Ireland

Jamie Robinson
Vice President & Managing Director, 
Home & Personal Care Europe  
and Food & Beverage, U.K. 
Castleford, England

Reinhard Streit
Vice President & Managing Director, 
Food & Beverage Europe
Völkermarkt, Austria

Jim Anzai
Vice President & Managing Director, 
CCL Industries North Asia
Tokyo, Japan

Da Gang Li
Group Vice President, 
CCL Industries Greater China 
Shanghai, PR China

Pravin Krishnan
Vice President & Managing Director,
CCL Design ASEAN
Singapore

Kittipong Kulratanasinsuk
Vice President & Managing Director,  
CCL Label ASEAN
Bangkok, Thailand

Daniel Choo Thian Chau
Managing Director, 
CCL Label & Checkpoint Vietnam
Ho Chi Min City, Vietnam

Lifeng Wang
Vice President & Managing Director,
CCL Design – Intelligent Decorative 
Technologies
Suzhou, PR China

Alex Zhu
Vice President & Managing Director, 
CCL Design Greater China
Suzhou, PR China

Mark Gentle
Vice President & Managing Director, 
Checkpoint & Meto Australia,  
New Zealand & ASEAN
Melbourne, Australia

Neil Sanders
Vice President & Managing Director, 
CCL Secure – Polymer Bank Notes
Melbourne, Australia

Latin America 

Luis Jocionis
Group Vice President,  
CCL Industries South America
Sao Paolo, Brazil

2 0 2 1   B U S I N E S S   L E A D E R S H I P

North America

Mark Cooper
President, 
Avery & METO
Brea, California, USA

Ben Lilienthal
President, 
Checkpoint & Group Vice President, CCL 
Industries Central America
Thorofare, New Jersey, USA

Ben Rubino
President,  
Home & Personal Care
Lumberton, New Jersey, USA

Stephan Finke
Vice President & Managing Director, 
Food & Beverage North America and 
Australia / New Zealand
Sonoma, California, USA

Eric Frantz
Group Vice President, 
Home & Personal Care, North America
Hermitage, Pennsylvania, USA

Bill Goldsmith
Vice President Business Development, 
CCL Design North America
Schererville, Indiana, USA

Al Green
Vice President, 
Technology Development 
Clinton, South Carolina, USA

Andy Iseli
Vice President & General Manager, 
CCL Tube
Los Angeles, California, USA

Jon Knight
Vice President & General Manager, 
Innovia Films North America
Winston-Salem, North Carolina, USA

Sandra Lane
Vice President, 
CCL Secure North America
Greensboro, North Carolina, USA

John O’Brien
Vice President & General Manager, 
CCL Label Canada
Toronto, Ontario, Canada

Allison Phillips
Vice President,  
Strategic Business Development 
Avery North America 
Brea, California, USA

Patrick Thomas
Vice President & General Manager,
CCL Design North America
Strongsville, Ohio, USA

102

2021    ANNUAL REPORT2 0 2 1   C O R P O R AT E   E X E C U T I V E S

Donald G. Lang
Executive Chairman

Geoffrey T. Martin
President and  
Chief Executive Officer

Suzana Furtado
Corporate Secretary

Kamal Kotecha
Vice President, Taxation

Mark McClendon
Vice President and 
General Counsel

James A. Sellors
Senior Vice President, 
CCL Industries Asia Pacific

Lalitha Vaidyanathan
Senior Vice President,  
Finance-IT- Human Resources,  
CCL Industries

Nick Vecchiarelli
Vice President, Corporate Accounting

Monika Vodermaier
Vice President,  
Corporate Finance  
Europe 

Sean P. Washchuk
Senior Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer

2 0 2 1   B O A R D   O F   D I R E C T O R S

Linda A. Cash
Director since 2021

Corporate Director 
Georgia, U.S.A.

Vincent J. Galifi
Director since 2016

President, 
Magna International Inc.  
Ontario, Canada

Alan D. Horn
Director since 2019

President and Chief Executive Officer, 
Rogers Telecommunications Limited 
Ontario, Canada

Kathleen L. Keller-Hobson
Director since 2015

Corporate Director 
Ontario, Canada

Donald G. Lang
Director since 1991

Executive Chairman, 
CCL Industries Inc. 
Ontario, Canada

Erin M. Lang
Director since 2016

Managing Director, 
LUMAS Canada 
Ontario, Canada

Stuart W. Lang
Director since 1991

Corporate Director 
Ontario, Canada

Geoffrey T. Martin
Director since 2005

President and CEO, 
CCL Industries Inc. 
Massachusetts, U.S.A.

Douglas W. Muzyka
Director since 2016

Corporate Director 
Pennsylvania, U.S.A.

Thomas C. Peddie
Director since 2003

Corporate Director 
Ontario, Canada

Susana Suarez-Gonzalez
Director since 2021

Executive Vice President and  
Chief Human Resources;  
Chief Diversity and Inclusion Officer, 
International Flavors & Fragrances Inc. 
New York, U.S.A.

103

2021    ANNUAL REPORTS H A R E H O L D E R S ’   I N F O R M AT I O N

Auditors

KPMG LLP 
Chartered Professional Accountants

Annual Meeting of Shareholders

The Annual Meeting of Shareholders will be held on:
May 12, 2022 at 2:00 p.m.

Legal Counsel

McMillan LLP

Transfer Agent 

TSX Trust Company
P.O. Box 700
Postal Station B
Montreal, QC H3B 3K3

Email: 

shareholderinquiries@tmx.com

Investor Services:  (416) 682-3860 or (800) 387-0825

Fax: 

 (888) 486-7660 or (514) 285-8457 (outside 
Canada and the U.S.A.)

Website:   

www.tsxtrust.com

Financial Information

CCL Industries Inc.
111 Gordon Baker Road
Suite 801
Toronto, ON M2H 3R1

Class B Share Information

Stock Symbol CCL.B

Listed TSX 

Opening price 2021  
Closing price 2021 
Number of trades 
Trading volume (shares) 
Trading value 
Annual dividends declared 

Institutional investors, analysts and registered representatives 
requiring additional information may contact:

Shares outstanding at December 31, 2021

Sean Washchuk
Senior Vice President and CFO
(416) 756-8526

Additional copies of this report can be obtained from:

Class A voting shares 
Class B non-voting shares 

$58.47
$67.83
357,204
63,019,145
$4,254,644,338
$0.84

11,822,137
168,362,341

CCL Industries Inc.
Investor Relations Department
111 Gordon Baker Road
Suite 801
Toronto, ON M2H 3R1

Tel:    

Fax:   

Email: 

(416) 756-8500

(416) 756-8555

ccl@cclind.com

Website:   

www.cclind.com

104

This report is printed on recyclable, acid-free and chlorine free paper. Printed in Canada. 

2021    ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CCL Industries Inc.
111 Gordon Baker Road, Suite 801  
Toronto, ON  M2H 3R1, Canada
Tel +1 (416) 756 8500

161 Worcester Road
Framingham, MA 01701, USA
Tel +1 (508) 872 4511

www.cclind.com